SlideShare a Scribd company logo
1 of 98
Download to read offline
A Basic Guide to
Kurdish Grammar
‫ﱯ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺰﻣﺎﱐ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬
A self-study reference and practice book
Danielle H. Kim
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
FREE DOWNLOAD
You can download the soft copy of this book from the CLIK (Culture and Language
Institute of Kurdi and Kori) website: http://www.clik2rock.org
ANY QUESTIONS OR COMMENTS?
Send me an email at danielle@clik2rock.org
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
Contents
Title Page
Number
Chapter 1. Kurdish Alphabet
The Alphabet
- Consonants
- Simple Vowels
- Complex Vowels)
Reading Exercise
------------------------------------------------ 1
Chapter 2. Grammatical Units
The Parts of Speech
The Parts of the Sentence
Traits of Kurdish
------------------------------------------------ 7
Chapter 3. The Noun Phrase
Noun Suffixes
- The Absolute State
- The Indefinitive State
- The Definitive State
Demonstratives
Personal Pronouns
- Independent Pronoun
- Bound Pronoun
Izafe
Possessives
Enclitic – ish
------------------------------------------------ 12
Chapter 4. Linking Verbs
Mostly equivalent to ‘to be’ in English
Negative Statements
Sentences With Linking Verbs
Exercises
------------------------------------------------ 23
Chapter 5. Questions
Making Questions
- Yes/No Questions
- Using Question Words
- Sample Questions
------------------------------------------------ 26
Chapter 6. Adjectives
Comparative and Superlative Adjectives
Formation of Noun, Adjective and Adverb
Sentence Order
------------------------------------------------ 27
Chapter 7. Prepositions – Part I
Introduction to Prepositions
Preposition & Postposition
Adverbial Phrases
------------------------------------------------ 31
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
Chapter 8. Verb Types
Intransitive & Transitive
Simple, Complex, Compound
Summary
------------------------------------------------ 34
Chapter 9. Tenses
Finding Stem & Root for Verb Conjugation
Present and Future
Imperatives (Commands)
Past Tense
- Simple Past
- Past Continuous/Habitual
- Present Perfect
- Past Perfect
------------------------------------------------ 37
Chapter 10. Irregular Verbs
‫ﻫﺔﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺩ‬ ,‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ,‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺣﺔﺯ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﱳ‬
‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﻳﺴﱳ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﱳ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬
Special Compound Verbs
------------------------------------------------ 61
Chapter 11. Passives
Formation
Irregular Passives
Factitive Verbs
------------------------------------------------ 66
Chapter 12. Prepositions – Part II
Time
Place
Way, Method
Position Prepositions
Idioms
Other Postfixes
------------------------------------------------ 69
Chapter 13. Subjunctives
The Present Sujunctive
The Past Subjunctive
How To Use The Subjunctive
- Simple Sentence
- The Irrealis Mood
- Conditional Sentence – Type I
- Conditional Sentence – Type II
- Conditional Sentence – Type III
- Common Modal Verbs & Adjectives
------------------------------------------------ 76
Chapter 14. Conjunctioins
Co-ordinate Conjunctions
Conjunctive Adverbs
Relative Pronoun
Subordinate Conjunctons
------------------------------------------------ 87
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
PREFACE
Kurdish belongs to the Western Iranian group of the Indo-Iranian branch of the Indo-
European family. The two principal branches of modern literary Kurdish are (1) Kurmanji,
the language of the vast majority of Kurds in Turkey, Syria, Armenia, and Azerbaijan with
an estimated 15-17 million speakers, and (2) Sorani, the language of most Kurds in Iraq
(5 million speakers) and Iran (5-6 million speakers).
Iraqi Kurdistan, essentially unrepresented and repressed by previous Iraqi governments, is
emerging as a major force in post-Saddam Iraq. As the rest of Iraq has plunged into a
downward spiral, Kurdistan has enjoyed relative political stability and suffered limited
violence, in part owing to a sectarian and political homogeneity lacking elsewhere in the
country. The Kurdish region has enjoyed de facto autonomy since 1991, when the
American military established a no-flight zone there, a status formalized by the new Iraqi
Constitution.
Sorani has been the second official language of Iraq since the creation of the country after
World War I and has been the working language of the Kurdistan Regional Government
(KRG), schools and the media of Iraqi Kurdistan. Sorani is also the most studied and best-
known Kurdish language among all its dialects.
The interest and demand for learning Sorani has never been so significant, as more
international businessmen and workers come to this new world and find opportunities.
This book is written to help anyone who is interested in studying Sorani. No prior
knowledge is necessary to start studying this book. While I tried to avoid exceedingly
advanced grammar or too many details, I also tried to put together most fundamental
grammar rules for devoted learners.
As a Sorani beginner, I struggled to find a well-explained grammar book when I first came
to Hawler. The single biggest beneficiary of this book should be myself since I learned the
most as I gathered information and wrote this book J, and I’d be just glad if this book can
also help somebody out there, struggling to grasp the language.
Sorani is a beautiful language.
I hope all my readers enjoy studying Sorani as much as I did.
May 25, 2010
Danielle H. Kim
In Hawler, Iraqi Kurdistan
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This book wouldn’t have been possible without the help and encouragement of
following people:
All of my dear friends and language teachers who kindly answered my bugging questions.:
Ahmed, Akar, Araz, Arazoo, Ashty, Azady, Bahara, Bakhtiyar, Dosty, Dr. Hewa, Hadia,
Hasan, Hawre, Hazha, Huda, Lulav, Kak Namk, Kak Smko, Kayhan, Khabat, Media, Naz,
Nazira, Nina, Parwin, Rezan, Roopak, Rozha, Shahla, Snoor, Soma, Suheila, Sumeiya,
Taban, Taha, Tahr and Zhian.
Sangar, for your thorough knowledge in Kurdish and for reviewing this book.
Jeanne, for your careful editing.
Team Jubilee, for your loving support and prayer.
The Ministry of Culture of KRG, for publishing this book.
Finally and most importantly, my Lord, God, for providing me persistent interest & love in
studyng Kurdish, and strength & wisdom that I needed to finish this book.
Thank you for calling me to Kurdistan.
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
REFERENCES
The following books were consulted throughout the process of writing this book:
MOST THOROUGHLY STUDIED
Thackston, W.M. Sorani Kurdish, A Reference Grammar with Selected Readings Iranian
Studies at Harvard University. http://www.fas.harvard.edu/~iranian/Sorani/index.html
OTHER REFERENCES
Rempel, Chérie Exercises in Sorani Grammar Kurdish Language & Culture Institute, 2003
Qaradaghy, Aram Kurdish Phrase-Book Sulemaniya, 2002
Qazzaz, Shafiq The Sharezoor Kurdish-English Dictionary Aras Press and Publishers
Erbil, 2000
Salah, Mohamad S. Sana for Learning Arabic-Kurdish-English 2009
Ali, Ihasan JAF English-Kurdish Dictionary 2009 sanjaf@gmail.com
Mohammad, Shirwan Oxford Photo Dictionary English-Kurdish 2008
Nawkhosh, Salam Oxford Dictionary Kurdish-English Sulemaniya, 2002
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
Kurdish is a beautiful language.
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
1
1. KURDISH ALPHABET
THE ALPHABET
Arabic
Character
Shape
Changes
Latin
Equivalent
Phonetic Pronounciation Examples
Consonants
1
‫ﺀ‬ N/A ‘Hamze’ is not treated as a
separate letter of the
alphabet. It always occurs
in conjunction with a vowel.
,‫ﻮﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬
,‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬
‫ﺋﺎﻳﺎ‬
2
‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﺐ‬ B B as in Bed ‫ﺑﺎ‬
3
‫ﺙ‬ ‫ﺛﺜﺚ‬ P P as in Pen ‫ﺛﻴﺎﻭ‬
4
‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﺖ‬ T T as in Test ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺗﺎ‬
5
‫ﺝ‬ ‫ﺟﺠﺞ‬ C J as in James, Joe ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬
6
‫ﺽ‬ ‫ﺿﻀﺾ‬ Ç CH as in Chair ‫ﺿﺮﺍ‬
7
‫ﺡ‬ ‫ﺣﺤﺢ‬ H This consonant is
pronounced with a strong
expulsion of air from the
chest. It is similar to the
sound you make when you
fog a mirror with your
breath (hah).
There is an increasing
tendency in modern Kurdish
to substitute ‫ﻩ‬(H) for ‫ﺡ‬(H).1)
‫ﺣﺔﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺔﺳﺔﻥ‬
8
‫ﺥ‬ ‫ﺧﺨﺦ‬ X A voiceless velar fricative
consonant 1)
CH as in German Bach
‫ﺮﺍ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺧ‬
9
‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﻣﺪﻳﺪ‬ D D as in Dad 2) ‫ﺩﺍﺭ‬
10
‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ‬‫ﺑ‬‫ﺮﺭ‬ R R as in brain 3) ‫ﺳﺔﺭ‬
11
‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ﻳ‬ R Trilled R. 3)
No equivalent in English.
Like rr in Spanish
‫ﻄﺎ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬
12
‫ﺯ‬ ‫ﺯﺑﺰﺯ‬ Z Z as in Zero ‫ﺯﺓﻧﻂ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
2
13
‫ﺫ‬ ‫ﺫﺫﺫ‬ J Equivalent to French J as in
pleasure and measure
‫ﺫﻥ‬
14
‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺳﺴﺲ‬ S S as in Sea ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺳﺎ‬
15
‫ﺵ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﺶ‬ Ş SH as in Ship ‫ﺷﺎﺭ‬
16
‫ﻉ‬ ‫ﻋﻌﻊ‬ AH A voiced velar fricative
No equivalent in English 1)
‫ﻋﺎﺭﺓﻕ‬,
‫ﻋﻴﺴﺎ‬
17
‫ﻍ‬ ‫ﻏﻐﻎ‬ GH A voiced velar fricative
No equivalent in English 1)
‫ﻐﺔﻣﺒﺔﺭ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬
18
‫ﻑ‬ ‫ﻓﻔﻒ‬ F F as in Feel ‫ﺷﱳ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﻓﺮ‬
19
‫ﻅ‬ ‫ﻇﻈﻆ‬ V V as in Victory ‫ﻇﻴﺎﻥ‬
20
‫ﻕ‬ ‫ﻗﻘﻖ‬ Q Q as in Iraq 1)
(local pronunciation)
A voiceless uvular stop
‫ﹶ‬‫ﻻ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬
21
‫ك‬  K K as in Key ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩ‬
22
‫ﻁ‬ ‫ﻃﻄﻂ‬ G G as in Girl, gas ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬
23
‫ﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻞ‬ L L as in Lot, Lost ‫ﻟﻮﻭﺕ‬
24
‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻞ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻠ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬ Ł Like the dull ‘L’ of English as
in all, college
‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺩ‬
25
‫ﻡ‬ ‫ﳑﻢ‬ M M as in Me ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻣﺎ‬
26
‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻨﻦ‬ N N as in Not ‫ﻧﺎﻭ‬
27
‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻭ‬‫ﺑ‬‫ﻮﻭ‬ W W as in Wear, tower 4) ‫ﻭﻳﺴﱳ‬
28
‫ﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﻬﻪ‬ H H as in Hot, Handsome ‫ﻲ‬‫ﻫﺔﺭﻣ‬
29
‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﻳ‬‫ﻴﻲ‬ Y Y as in Yard, play 4) ‫ﻳﺔﻙ‬
※ Vowels are continued in the next page.
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
3
ٍSimple Vowels
0 N/A N/A I UE as in dialogue, fatigue
Also, consider the vowel
sound made in “good”,
“fallen” or “handle” 5)
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‬
[bı-rın-jı]
1
‫ﺍ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﺍﺍ‬ A A long vowel as in
market, arm
‫ﺋﺎﻭ‬
‫ﺋﺎﲰﺎﻥ‬
2
‫ﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﺓ‬ E A short vowel as in
1) hot (in most cases)
2) ugly, but (e.g. ‫ﻭﺓﻛ‬‫ﻮ‬ )
3) guess (e.g. ‫ﻃ‬‫ﺔﱎ‬ ) 6)
‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬
3
‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺋ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻭ‬ U U as in Put, Pull ‫ﺋﻮﺗﻮﻭ‬
4
‫ﻭﻭ‬ ‫ﺋ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬‫ﻮ‬ Ũ OO as in boot ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬
5
‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﻴﻲ‬ Î EE as in feet, tree ‫ﻣﻴﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺋﻴﻨﻄﻠﻴﺰ‬
6
‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ Ê E as in End, hen ‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺑ‬
7
‫ﺅ‬ ‫ﺋ‬‫ﺆﺅﺅ‬ O O as in poke, token ‫ﻞ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣﺒ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺋ‬
ٍComplex Vowels
1
‫ﺋﺔﻱ‬ AY AY as in May, Way ‫ﻛﺔﻱ‬
2
‫ﻮ‬‫ﻳ‬ YO YO as in Yogurt ‫ﺣﺔﻧﻨﺎ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻳ‬
3
‫ﺋﻮ‬ YU YU as in You;
UE as in que
‫ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‬
4
‫ﻳﺔ‬ YA / YE 1) if in ending or before
vowel, YA as in Yahoo
2) if before consonant,
YE as in Yes
‫ﻫﺔﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺔﻙ‬
5
‫ﻭﺍ‬ WA WA as in Washington ‫ﻭﺍﺑﺰﺍﱎ‬
6
‫ﻭﺓ‬ WE WA as in War, Wash ‫ﻣﻴﻮﺓ‬
7
‫ﻭﻱ‬ WI WI as in We, Wii ‫ﺩﺓﻭﻳﺴﺖ‬
8
‫ﻱ‬‫ﻭ‬ WÊ WE as in Weapon ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺩﺓﻣﺔﻭ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
4
Note:
1) “‫ﺡ‬”, “‫ﺥ‬”, “‫ﻕ‬”, “‫ﻉ‬” and “‫ﻍ‬” sounds don’t exist in English.
Even peculiar Kurdish words don’t include “‫ﺡ‬”, “‫ﻕ‬”, “‫ﻉ‬” and “‫ﻍ‬”. However, since
there are many Arabic words mixed in the everyday Kurdish language, these letters
and sounds need to be familiarized.
2) In some parts of Kurdistan (e.g. Suli, Kirkuk) the letter D is often softened to the
point of being inaudible. The most prominent example of this case is the present
modal prefix “‫ﺩﺓ‬”.
‫ﺩﺓﺿﻢ‬ (Standard) = ‫ﺋﺔﺿﻢ‬ (Sulemaniya Dialect)
‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ (Standard) = ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺳﺘﺎﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ (Sulemaniya Dialect)
3) In Kurdish, no words begin with “‫ﺭ‬”, all initial Rs are trilled “‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬”. Though the “٧” sign
(to signify trilled R) is rarely marked when “‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬” comes as an initial letter, the initial
Rs always mean “‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬”.
‫ﺷﻨﺒﲑﻱ‬‫ﻭ‬ِ‫ﺭ‬ = ‫ﺷﻨﺒﲑﻱ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺭ‬ | ‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ = ‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺭ‬
4) In Kurdish, “‫ﻭ‬” (w & u) and “‫ﻱ‬” (y & i) can be treated as either a noun or a vowel.
Vowel “‫ﻭ‬” Consonant “‫ﻭ‬” Vowel “‫ﻱ‬” Consonant “‫ﻱ‬”
‫ﺋﻮ‬‫ﺗﻮﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺴﱳ‬ ‫ﺋﻴﻨﻄﻠﻴﺰﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺳﺎ‬
u-too wi-steun een-glee-zi ya-sa
n. iron v. to want n. English n. law
5) This is the only vowel not indicated in the Kurdish writing system.
a. When there are two consecutive consonants, this vowel is used.
b. ًWhen a consonant is alone or placed at the end without any adjacent vowel,
this vowel is recognized.
Alone ‫ﺙ‬ [pue]
With Vowel ‫ﺛﻲ‬ [pee]
Consonant
Ending
‫ﻃﺮﻧﻂ‬ [geu-reun-gue]
Vowel Ending ‫ﻃﺮﻧﻄ‬‫ﺔ‬ [geu-reun-ga]
Consecutive
Consonants
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‬ [beu-reun-jue]
Mixed with
Vowels
‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍ‬ [ba-za-rrue]
Consonant
Ending
‫ﻓﺔﺭﻫﺔﻧﻂ‬ [fe-reu-hen-gue]
Consonant Ending
W/ Preceding
Vowel
‫ﻧ‬‫ﻙ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻴﻨ‬ [nee-nok]
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
5
6) In general, Kurdish letters are pronounced as written. This “‫ﺓ‬” vowel, however,
can have different sounds in certain cases.
In general
Short “a” sound
‫ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎ‬
[ge-u-re]
[de-reu-ga]
“ə” sound ‫ﻭﺓﻛﻮ‬ [wə-ku]
“ê” sound ‫ﻃ‬‫ﺔﱎ‬
‫ﻃﺔﺭﻡ‬
[gê-neum]
[gê-reum]
7) When “‫ﺍ‬”, “‫ﺓ‬”, “‫ﻭ‬” and “‫ﻱ‬” become the initial letter of a word, the Hamze ”‫ﺀ‬” is
necessary.
Beginning Middle or End
‫ﺍ‬ ‫ﺋﺎ‬‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺍ‬ ,‫ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔ‬‫ﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ ,‫ﻭﺓﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺋ‬‫ﻞ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺙ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬
‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬‫ﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ,‫ﻢ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩ‬
When “‫ﻭ‬” and “‫ﻱ‬” are the initial letter of a word as a vowel, they are also written
with the Hamze ”‫ﺀ‬”.
As consonant As vowel
‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻨﺔ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺋﻮ‬‫ﺗﻮﻭ‬
‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺋﻴ‬‫ﻨﻄﻠﻴﺰﻱ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
6
READING EXERCISE
English Meaning Kurdish Pronunciation
eye
‫ﺿﺎﻭ‬ cha-.u
fruit
‫ﻣﻴﻮﺓ‬ mee.we
carrot
‫ﺰﺓﺭ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻃ‬ gê.ze.reu
almond
‫ﺑﺎﺩﺓﻡ‬ ba-.dem
ear
‫ﻱ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬ gyu.ê
health
‫ﺗﺔﻧﺪ‬‫ﺭﻭﺳﱵ‬ ten.dru.stee
genius
‫ﺑﻠﻴﻤﺔﺕ‬ bıl.ee.met
comfortable
‫ﺋﺎﺳﻮﻭﺩﺓ‬ a-.soo.de
doctor
‫ﺛﺰﻳﺸﻚ‬ pı.zee.shık
nice
‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ xo.shı / kho.shı
dangerous
‫ﺗﺮﺳﻨﺎﻙ‬ tı.rı.sı.na-k
salty
‫َﺮﺓ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺳﻮ‬ su.ê.re
sleep
‫ﺧﺔﻭﺗﻦ‬ xe.u.tın / khe.u.tın
never
‫ﻫﺔﺭﻃﻴﺰ‬ he.rı.gee.zı
miracle
‫ﻣﻮﻋﺠﻴﺰﺓ‬ mu.ahı.jee.ze
prophet
‫ﻐﺔﻣﺒﺔﺭ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ pe.ghem.be.rı
English Meaning Kurdish Pronunciation
an egg
‫ﻠﻜﺔﻳﺔﻙ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻫ‬ hêl.ke.yêk
a book
‫ﻚ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺒ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ kı.tê.bêk
the book
‫ﺒﺔﻛﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ kı.tê.be.ke
the egg on the table
‫ﺰﺓﻛﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻟﺔﺳﺔﺭ‬ ‫ﻠﻜﺔﻛﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻫ‬ hêl.ke.ke le.se.rı.mê.ze.ke
a good day
‫ﺑﺎﺵ‬ ‫ﻜﻲ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ı.sh-.kee.baêo.zhr
Tell me.
‫ﻲ‬‫ﺑﻠ‬ ‫ﻢ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬. pêm.bı.lê
Listen to me.
‫ﺑﻄﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﻢ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬. gyu.êm.lê.bı.gı.re
I’m going to bazaar.
‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺿﻢ‬. ır.-.za-m.bo.baıde.ch
When do you come back?
‫ﻴﺘﺔﻭﺓ؟‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﺔﻱ‬ .ee.te.we?êrkay.de.ge.
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
7
2. GRAMMATICAL UNITS
THE PARTS OF SPEECH
Traditional grammar classifies words based on eight parts of speech: the verb(‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬),
the noun(‫ﻧﺎﻭ‬), the pronoun( ‫ﻴ‬‫ﺟ‬‫ﻨﺎﻭ‬ ), the adjective( ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺋﺎﻭﺓ‬‫ﻨﺎﻭ‬ ), the adverb(‫ﹶﻔﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺋﺎﻭﺓ‬), the
preposition(‫ﺪﺓﻭﺍﺫﺓﻛﺎﻥ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺯ‬), the conjunction(‫ﱵ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻳﺔﻛ‬), and the interjection (‫ﹶﺪﺍﻥ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺴﺔﻫﺔ‬).
Verb (‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬): Verbs expresses existence, action, or occurrence.
‫ﻛﺔﻭﺗﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺔﺭ‬ to climb, ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬ to eat, ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻙ‬ to clean, ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ to be
Noun (‫ﻧﺎﻭ‬): Nouns are words that name people, places or things.
‫ﻞ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋﺆﺗﺆﻣﺒ‬ car, ‫ﹶﺕ‬‫ﻻ‬‫ﻭ‬ country, ‫ﺫﻥ‬ wife, ‫ﻛﺎﺕ‬ hour
Pronoun ( ‫ﻴ‬‫ﺟ‬‫ﻨﺎﻭ‬ ): Pronouns substitutes for nouns or noun phrases and designates persons
or things asked for, previously specified, or understood from the context.
‫ﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ we, ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ you, ‫ﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ myself
Adjective ( ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺋﺎﻭﺓ‬‫ﻨﺎﻭ‬ ): Adjectives modify nouns.
‫ﺑﺎ‬‫ﺵ‬ good, ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ‬ smart, ‫ﺳ‬‫ﺎﺭﺩ‬ cold, ‫ﺮﺍ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺧ‬ quick
Adverb (‫ﹶﻔﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺋﺎﻭﺓ‬): Adverbs modify verb and adjectives.
‫ﺮ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬‫ﺍ‬‫ﻳﻲ‬ quickly, ‫ﻫﺔﻣﻴﺸﺔ‬ always, ‫ﻧﺰﻳﻜﺔﻳﻲ‬ approximately
Preposition (‫ﺪﺓﻭﺍﺫﺓﻛﺎﻥ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺯ‬): A word or phrase placed typically before a substantive and
indicating the relation of that substantive to a verb, an adjective, or another substantive,
as English at, by, with, from, and in regard to.
‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ to, ‫ﻟﺔ‬ in/at, ‫ﺑﺔ‬ by/with, ‫ﻟﺔ‬‫ﺳﺔﺭ‬ on
Determiner: The functional category that is most closely associated with nouns.
‫ﺓﻛﺔ‬ the, ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬ a/an, ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻫﺔﻧﺪ‬ some, ‫ﻨﺞ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺿﻞ‬ forty-five
Conjunction (‫ﱵ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻳﺔﻛ‬): Conjunction serves to connect words, phrases, clauses, or sentences.
‫ﻭ‬ and, ‫ﹶﻡ‬‫ﻻ‬‫ﺑﺔ‬ but, ‫ﻳﺔ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ therefore
Interjection (‫ﹶﺪﺍﻥ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺴﺔﻫﺔ‬): Interjection usually expresses emotion and is capable of
standing alone.
‫ﻱ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺋ‬ oh, ‫ﺑﺔﺧﻮﺍ‬ really?, ‫ﹶﻼ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻳﺔ‬ come on!
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
8
THE PARTS OF THE SENTENCE
The parts of the sentence are a set of terms for describing how people construct sentences
from smaller pieces. There is not a direct correspondence between the parts of the
sentence and the parts of speech – the subject of a sentence, for example, could be a
noun, a pronoun, or even an entire phrase or clause.
SUBJECT(‫ﺑﻜﺔﺭ‬) AND PREDICATE(‫ﻃﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ‬)
Every complete sentence contains two parts: a subject(‫ﺑﻜﺔﺭ‬) and a predicate(‫ﻃﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ‬).
The subject is what (or whom) the sentence is about, while the predicate (which always
includes the verb) tells something about the subject. In the following sentences, the
predicate is underlined, while the subject is highlighted.
Azad runs. ‫ﺩﺓﻛﺎ‬ ‫ﹺﺍ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﺯﺍﺩ‬
Azad and his friends
run at the park every day.
‫ﻜﺎﱐ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻫﺎﻭ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﺯﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﻣﻮﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻥ‬ ‫ﹺﺍ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﺛﺎﺭﻛﺔﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬
OBJECTS(‫ﺑﺔﺭﻛﺎﺭ‬) AND COMPLEMENTS(‫ﺗﺔﻭﺍﻭﻛﺔﺭ‬)
OBJECTS(‫ﺑﺔﺭﻛﺎﺭ‬)
A verb may be accompanied by an object that completes the verb's meaning. Two kinds
of objects may come with verbs: 1) direct objects and 2) indirect objects. To determine if
a verb has a direct object, isolate the verb and make it into a question by placing
"whom?" or "what?" after it. The answer, if there is one, is the direct object:
My mom cooked dolma. ‫ﻛﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻭﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﳌﺔﻱ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻳﻜﻢ‬
Sangar gave her the book. ‫ﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺒﺔﻛﺔﻱ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﺳﺔﻧﻄﺔﺭ‬
In the first example, “dolma” is the direct object.
※ Dolma is a famous local Kurdish food (a stuffed vegetable, especially a grape leaf or
cabbage leaf, onion, eggplants and zucchini cooked with a filling of ground meat,
herbs, or rice.).
In the second example, “the book” is the direct object and “her” is the indirect object.
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
9
COMPLEMENTS(‫ﺗﺔﻭﺍﻭﻛﺔﺭ‬)
In addition to the transitive verb and the intransitive verb, there is a third kind of verb,
called the linking verb. The word (or phrase) which comes together with a linking verb is
not an object, but a complement. A subject complement can be a noun, an adjective, or
a prepositional phrase. The most common linking verb is "‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬", which is equivalent to “to
be” in English.
Hewa is a student.
Hewa is a Kurdish.
‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺑﻴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﻮﺍ‬
Hewa is smart.
Hewa is handsome.
‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﻮﺍ‬
Hewa is here.
Hewa is in school.
‫ﺮﺓﻳﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺗﺔﲞﺎﻧﺔﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﻮﺍ‬
TRAITS OF KURDISH
ENDINGS
In Kurdish, both nouns and verbs are combined with various endings. Articles (e.g. a, the)
and possessives (e.g. my) are added to the end of the noun as suffixes. The verb
conjugations are complicated since they embrace not only tenses, but also subjective and
objective pronouns as well.
ARTICLES/POSSESSIVES/DEMONSTRATIVES
book ‫ﺐ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ his book ‫ﺒﺔﻛﺔﻱ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬
books ‫ﺒﺎﻥ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ his books ‫ﺒﺔﻛﺎﱐ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬
a book ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺒ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ this book ‫ﺒﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬
the book ‫ﺒﺔﻛﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ that book ‫ﺒﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬
the books ‫ﺒﺔﻛﺎﻥ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ these books ‫ﺒﺎﻧﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬
VERB CONJUGATIONS
See (infinitive) ‫ﺑﻴﻨﲔ‬ I saw. ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬
I see. ‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ I saw you. ‫ﺑﻴﲏ‬ ‫ﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬
I see you. ‫ﺩﺓﺗﺒﻴﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ I didn’t see you. ‫ﻧﺔﺑﻴﲏ‬ ‫ﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬
I don’t see. ‫ﻧﺎﺑﻴﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ I have seen. ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬
I don’t see you. ‫ﻧﺎﺗﺒﻴﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ I had seen. ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺒﻮﻭ‬ ‫ﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
10
WORD ORDER
The general rule is Subject – Object – Verb. When the subject is a pronoun, however, it
is often omitted (Object – Verb). In Kurdish, a verb alone can make a complete sentence
as it is always combined with the subject pronominal enclitic (=bound pronoun). When
the object is a pronoun, it can also be attached to the verb in the form of bound pronoun.
Subject – Object – Verb
The girl sees the boy. ‫ﻛﻀ‬‫ﺔﻛﺔ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨ‬ ‫ﺓﻛﺔ‬
She sees the boy. ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨ‬ ‫ﺓﻛﺔ‬
She sees him. ‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬
She sees him. ‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻳﺒﻴﻨ‬
INDEPENDENT PRONOUNS AND BOUND PRONOUNS
In Kurdish, there are two different types of personal pronouns:
§ Independent ( ‫ﻛﺔﺳﻴﻲ‬ ‫ﻨﺎﻭﻱ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺟ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺳﺔﺭﺑﺔﺧ‬ )
§ Bound (‫ﻟﻜﺎﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺔﺳﻴﻲ‬ ‫ﻨﺎﻭﻱ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺟ‬)
Subjective Independent Pronoun is often omitted while Subjective Bound
Pronoun(underlined) is always placed in a verb conjugation.
With
Independent Subject
Without
Independent Subject
I understand .‫ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻡ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ .‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﰐ‬
You understand .‫ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻳﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ .‫ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻳﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬
She understands .‫ﺪﺓﻃﺎﺕ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ .‫ﺪﺓﻃﺎﺕ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬
We understand .‫ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻳﻦ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ .‫ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻳﻦ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬
They understand .‫ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻥ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ .‫ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻥ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬
※ Subjective Bound Pronoun(Subjective BP) can be considered as a verb suffix
that conjugates depending on the subject status.
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
11
PREPOSITIONS AND POSTPOSITIONS
In Kurdish, prepositions (‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻟﺔﻃﺔ‬ ,‫ﻟﺔ‬ ,‫ﺑﺔ‬ etc.) are often followed by their corresponding
postpositions to envelop a word or a phrase. The preposition itself marks the beginning of
the prepositional phrase, and the end of the complement is marked by a postpositional
element.
Come with me. .‫ﹶﻤﺪﺍ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻟﺔﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺓﺭﺓ‬ He came from Hawler .‫ﻫﺎﺗﻮﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺮﺓﻭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻫﺔﻭﻟ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬
VERB TYPES
Kurdish verbs can be classified in different ways.
By necessity of the object
- Linking Verb ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ (equivalent to the “to be” verb in English)
- Intransitive: to go ‫ﺿﻮﻭ‬‫ﻥ‬ , to leave ‫ﻳﺸﱳ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ , to sleep ‫ﻧﻮﺳﱳ‬, to stay ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬
- Transitive: to eat ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬‫ﻥ‬ , to see ‫ﺑ‬‫ﻴﻨﲔ‬ , to sell ‫ﺷﱳ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﻓﺮ‬ , to study ‫ﻨﺪ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺧﻮ‬‫ﻥ‬
By number of meaningful words in a verb
- Simple: A verb with one meaningful word
o to go ‫ﺿﻮﻭ‬‫ﻥ‬ , to eat ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬‫ﻥ‬
- Complex: A verb with [a meaningful word] + [a meaningless prefix/suffix]
o to run ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﹺﺍ‬‫ﺭ‬ , to elect ‫ﺑﺬﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻫﺔ‬
- Compound: A verb with more than two meaningful words.
o to listen ‫ﻃﺮﺗﻦ‬ ً‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫,ﻃﻮ‬ to start ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ً‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺳﺖ‬
It is important to understand the verb types, since the verb conjugations are quite
different in each case.
Even when you memorize vocabulary words, it is better to memorize intransitive verbs and
transtive verbs separately until you become comfortable with their conjugations. More
details will be covered in later chapters.
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
12
3. THE NOUN PHRASE
NOUN SUFFIXES
THE ABSOLUTE STATE (WITHOUT ANY SUFFIX)
A Kurdish noun in the absolute state (lexical form; without any ending of any kind) gives a
generic sense of the noun.
Sky is blue. .‫ﺷﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﲰﺎﻥ‬
CARDINAL NUMBERS
The cardinal numbers are as follows:
1 ١ ‫ﻳﺔﻙ‬ 11 ١١ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﺓ‬ 21 ٢١ ‫ﻳﺔﻙ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺴﺖ‬ 0 ٠ ‫ﺳﻔﺮ‬
2 ٢ ‫ﺩﻭﻭ‬ 12 ١٢ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﺓ‬ 22 ٢٢ ‫ﺩﻭﻭ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺴﺖ‬ 200 ٢٠٠ ‫ﺳﺔﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻭ‬
3 ٣ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺳ‬ 13 ١٣ ‫ﻴ‬‫ﺳ‬‫ﺰﺩﺓ‬ 30 ٣٠ ‫ﺳﻲ‬ 1,000 ١,٠٠٠ ‫ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭ‬
4 ٤ ‫ﺿﻮﺍﺭ‬ 14 ١٤ ‫ﺿﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬ 40 ٤٠ ‫ﺿﻞ‬ 10,000 ١٠٠٠٠ ‫ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺓ‬
5 ٥ ‫ﻨﺞ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ 15 ١٥ ‫ﺛﺎ‬‫ﺯﺩﺓ‬ 50 ٥٠ ‫ﺛﺔﳒﺎ‬ 1,000,000 ١٠٠٠٠٠٠ ‫ﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﻠﻴ‬
6 ٦ ‫ﺷﺔﺵ‬ 16 ١٦ ‫ﺷﺎﺯﺩﺓ‬ 60 ٦٠ ‫ﺷﺔﺳ‬‫ﺖ‬ 250 ٢٥٠ ‫ﺛﺔﳒﺎ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺔﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻭ‬
7 ٧ ‫ﺣﺔﻭﺕ‬ 17 ١٧ ‫ﺣﺔﻇﺪﺓ‬ 70 ٧٠ ‫ﺣﺔﻓﺘﺎ‬ 500 ٥٠٠ ‫ﺳﺔﺩ‬ ‫ﻨﺞ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬
8 ٨ ‫ﻫﺔﺷﺖ‬ 18 ١٨ ‫ﻫﺔﺫﺩﺓ‬ 80 ٨٠ ‫ﻫﺔ‬‫ﺷ‬‫ﺘﺎ‬ 750 ٧٥٠ ‫ﺛﺔﳒﺎ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺔﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﺔﻭﺕ‬
9 ٩ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧ‬ 19 ١٩ ‫ﺯﺩﺓ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧ‬ 90 ٩٠ ‫ﻧﺔﻭﺓﺩ‬ 1,250 ١,٢٥٠ ‫ﺭﻭﺑ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭ‬‫ﻊ‬
10 ١٠ ‫ﺩﺓ‬ 20 ٢٠ ‫ﺑﻴﺴﺖ‬ 100 ١٠٠ ‫ﺳﺔﺩ‬ 2,500 ٢,٥٠٠ ‫ﺩﻭﻭ‬‫ﺳﺔﺩ‬ ‫ﻨﺞ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭ‬
§ All words having to do with time and instance follow the cardinal number
immediately in the absolute state:
six months ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻂ‬ ‫ﺷﺔﺵ‬ four days ‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬ٍ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﺿﻮﺍﺭ‬
§ The cardinal number can be followed by a classifier, which is also followed by the
singular noun in the absolute state.
Common Classifiers Examples
For counting people ‫ﻛﺔﺱ‬‫ﻧﺎﻓﺔﺭ‬ , ten people ‫ﺩ‬‫ﺓ‬‫ﻛﺔﺱ‬‫ﻧﺎﻓﺔﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺓ‬ ,
For counting animals ‫ﺳﺔﺭ‬ five sheep ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﺔﺭ‬ ‫ﻨﺞ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬
For counting things ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺔ‬ three books ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺳ‬)‫ﺩﺍﻧﺔ‬(‫ﺐ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
13
※ For counting people or animals, classifiers are used in most cases.
※ For counting things the classifier is optional. It is okay to say without “‫ﺩﺍﻧﺔ‬”.
THE INDEFINITIVE STATE ( ‫ﻳﺔﻙ‬|‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬ )
§ The Indefinitive state of noun is equivalent to “a/an + noun” in English.
§ -(y)ek (‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬ - after consonants & “‫ﻭ‬”, “‫ﻱ‬”, ‫ﻳﺔﻙ‬ - after “‫ﺍ‬”, “‫ﺓ‬” ,“‫ﻭ‬” and “‫ﻱ‬”) is added
to the end of the absolute singular noun.
§ The Indefinitive plural is formed by adding –an( -‫ﺍﻥ‬ ) to the absolute noun.
Absolute State Indefinitive Singular Indefinitive Plural
man ‫ﺛﻴﺎﻭ‬ a man ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺛﻴﺎﻭ‬ men ‫ﺛﻴﺎﻭﺍﻥ‬
day ‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ a day ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ days ‫ﺫﺍﻥ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬
door ‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎ‬ a door ‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻳﺔﻙ‬ doors ‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬
letter ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺔ‬ a letter ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺔﻳﺔﻙ‬ letters ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺎﻥ‬
※ Vowel “‫ﻱ‬” is added where two vowels conflict.
‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺎﻥ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ‬‫ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺓﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺓ‬
QUANTIFIERS FOR INDEFINITIVE NOUNS
In Kurdish, some quantifiers demand that the following noun be Indefinitive.
Indefinitive Quantifiers Examples
a few ‫ﺿﺔﻧﺪ‬ a few men ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺛﻴﺎﻭ‬ ‫ﺿﺔﻧﺪ‬
every / all ‫ﻫﺔﻣﻮﻭ‬ every day
all the time
‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﻣﻮﻭ‬
‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺟﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﻣﻮﻭ‬
What? ‫ﺽ‬ What page? ‫ﹺﺓﻳﺔﻙ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻻﺛﺔ‬ ‫ﺽ‬
each ‫ﻫﺔﺭ‬ each direction
every person
‫ﻻﻳﺔﻙ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺭ‬
‫ﻚ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺔﺳ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺭ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
14
NUMBER + “‫ﺍﻥ‬”
Meaning Combination Suffix Number
tens of ‫ﺩﺓﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺓ‬
thousands of ‫ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭ‬
hundreds of ‫ﺳﺔﺩﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﺔﺩ‬
DAY + “‫ﺍﻧﺔ‬”
Meaning Combination Suffix Number
daily/every day ‫ﺫﺍﻧﺔ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬
weekly / every week ‫ﻫﺔﻓﺘﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﻓﺘﺔ‬
monthly / every month ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻄﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻂ‬
THE DEFINITIVE STATE (‫ﺓﻛﺔ‬)
§ The definitive state of noun is equivalent to “the + a noun” in English.
§ The definitive singular is made by adding – aka (‫ﺓﻛﺔ‬).
o -‫ﺓ‬‫ﻛ‬‫ﺔ‬ after consonants, ”‫ﻭ‬” and ”‫ﻱ‬”
o -‫ﻛ‬‫ﺔ‬ after ”‫ﺍ‬”, “‫ﺓ‬”, ”‫ﻭ‬” and “‫ﻱ‬”
§ The definitive plural is made by adding – akan (‫ﺓﻛﺎﻥ‬).
Absolute State Definitive Singular Definitive Plural
man ‫ﺛﻴﺎﻭ‬ the man ‫ﺛﻴﺎﻭﺓﻛﺔ‬ the men ‫ﺛﻴﺎﻭﺓﻛﺎﻥ‬
American ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔﺭﻳﻜﻲ‬ the American ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔﺭﻳﻜﻴﺔﻛﺔ‬ the Americans ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔﺭﻳﻜﻴﺔﻛﺎﻥ‬
student ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﰊ‬ the student ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺑﻴﺔﻛﺔ‬ the students ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺑﻴﺔﻛﺎﻥ‬
girl ‫ﻛﺾ‬ the girl ‫ﻛﻀﺔﻛﺔ‬ the girls ‫ﻛﻀﺔﻛﺎﻥ‬
door ‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎ‬ the door ‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻛﺔ‬ the doors ‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻛﺎﻥ‬
window ‫ﺛﺔﳒﺔ‬‫ﺭﺓ‬ the window ‫ﺛﺔﳒﺔﺭﺓﻛﺔ‬ the windows ‫ﺛﺔﳒﺔﺭﺓﻛﺎﻥ‬
village ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺩ‬ the village ‫ﻜﺔ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩ‬ the villages ‫ﻜﺎﻥ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
15
DEMONSTRATIVES
In Kurdish demonstratives can be expressed in two different forms.
§ standalone pronoun
§ adjective, which breaks into two parts and envelops a noun by attaching the first
part before the noun and the second part to the end of the noun.
Pronoun Form Adjective Form
Singular Plural Singular Plural
this / these ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺎﻧﺔ‬ ___‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬‫ﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ___ﺍﻧﺔ‬
that / those ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ___ﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ___ﺍﻧﺔ‬
Demonstrative pronouns take the place of nouns.
Give me the red pen. ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺑﺪﺓﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﹶﺔﻣﺔ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬
Give me this. ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺑﺪﺓﺭ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔﻡ‬
Is that your son? ‫ﹺﺗﺔ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺓ‬
What are those? ‫ﺿﲔ؟‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻧﺔ‬
Demonstrative adjectives modify a noun.
How much is this pen? ‫ﺑﺔﺿﺔﻧﺪﺓ؟‬ ‫ﹶﺔﻣﺔ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬
How much is this red pen? ‫ﺑﺔﺿﺔﻧﺪﺓ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﹶﺔﻣﺔ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬
How much is those pens? ‫ﺑﺔﺿﺔﻧﺪﻥ؟‬ ‫ﹶﺔﻣﺎﻧﺔ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬
Who is that boy? ‫ﻴﺔ؟‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﹺﺓ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬
This place is nice. ‫ﺷﺔ؟‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﻨﺔ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺋﺔﻣﺸﻮ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
16
PERSONAL PRONOUNS
In Kurdish, personal pronouns have two forms: 1) Independent & 2) Enclitic (Bound)
INDEPENDENT PRONOUN (‫ﻮ‬‫ﺳﺔﺭﺑﺔﺧ‬ ‫ﻛﺔﺳﻴﻲ‬ ‫ﻨﺎﻭﻱ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺟ‬)
Singular Plural
1st
person I:Me ‫ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺋﺔﻣﻦ‬
We:Us ‫ًﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬
‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬
2nd
person You(sng):You(sng) ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬
‫ﻮ‬‫ﺋﺔﺗ‬
‫ﺋﺔﺗﻮﻭ‬
You(pl):You(pl) ‫ًﻮﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬
‫ﻮ‬‫ﺋﺔﻧﻄ‬
3rd
person He/She/It:Him/Her/It ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ They:Them ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬
※ The words in the gray box represent local dialects, mostly Hawleri style.
※ sng = singular, pl = plural
TRAITS OF INDEPENDENT PRONOUN
§ Unlike English, subjective pronouns and objective pronouns are the same.
Subjective Pronouns Objective Pronouns
I am a student. .‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺑﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ Is this for them? ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻧﺔ؟‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬
We are going to Bazzar. .‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺿﲔ‬ ‫ﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ He loves me. .‫ﻱ‬‫ﺩﺓﻭ‬ ‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬
§ For subjective cases, these independent pronouns are often omitted. Especially
when speaking, it is more common not to mention the personal pronoun subject,
unless the subjective entity is to be emphasized.
§ Even when there is no subject, the subjective suffix (=the bound pronoun) attached
to the verb, will voice the subject of the sentence.
§ Noun subject is never omitted. J
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
17
BOUND PRONOUN (‫ﻟﻜﺎﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺔﺳﻴﻲ‬ ‫ﻨﺎﻭﻱ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺟ‬) FOR VERB CONJUGATION
Both subjective and objective bound pronouns may take one of these two forms:
Set I or Set II.
Set I Set II
Singular Plural Singular Plural
1st person
‫ﻡ‬ m ‫ﻳﻦ‬ een ‫ﻡ‬ m ‫ﻣﺎﻥ‬ man
2nd person
‫ﻳﺖ‬‫ﻱ‬ eet/ee ‫ﻥ‬ n ‫ﺕ‬ t ‫ﺗﺎﻥ‬ tan
3rd person
‫ﺖ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻱ‬ êt/ê ‫ﻥ‬ n ‫ﻱ‬ y ‫ﻳﺎﻥ‬ Yan
※ The correct bound pronoun set (Set I or Set II) – for both the subject and the object -
is decided according to the following conditions:
※ The verb’s type (transitive, intransitive or irregular)
※ The verb’s tense (present or past)
※ The existence of independent object (noun or independent pronoun) or pre-
verbal element.
SUBJECTIVE BOUND PRONOUN
In Kurdish the subject (regardless of being omitted or indicated) is always coupled with a
pronominal enclitic (= Subjective Bound Pronoun) at some part of the verbal
conglomerate (e.g. the verb, any preverbal prefixes, compounding agent).
The girl studies math. .‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻨ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﲑﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻛﻀﺔﻛﺔ‬
She studies math. .‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻨ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﲑﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬
She studied math. (Past tense) .‫ﻨﺪ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺧﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﲑﻛﺎﺭﻳﻲ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬
They ran. (Past tense) .‫ﻛﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﹺﺍﻳﺎﻥ‬‫ﺭ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬
OBJECTIVE BOUND PRONOUN
Also, when the object is a pronoun, the sentence can be rewritten with its corresponding
pronominal enclitic (= objective bound pronoun).
He sees us. (Present Tense)
With Subject Without Subject
Independent Pronoun Object .‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨ‬ ‫ﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ .‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨ‬ ‫ﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬
Bound Pronoun Object .‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻣﺎﻧﺒﻴﻨ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ .‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻣﺎﻧﺒﻴﻨ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
18
They see you. (Present Tense)
With Subject Without Subject
Independent Pronoun Object .‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻦ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ .‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻦ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬
Bound Pronoun Object .‫ﺩﺓﺗﺒﻴﻨﻦ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ .‫ﺩﺓﺗﺒﻴﻨﻦ‬
They saw you. (Simple Past Tense)
With Subject Without Subject
Independent Pronoun Object .‫ﺑﻴﲏ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ .‫ﺑﻴﲏ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬
Bound Pronoun Object .‫ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺘﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ .‫ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺘﻴﺎﻥ‬  ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻴﺎﻧﻴﺖ‬
※ Details will be discussed thoroughly in later chapters.
IZAFE
GENERAL RULE
THE IZAFE(= LINKING VOWEL: ‫ﻱ‬) CONSTRUCTION
The Izafe links the two parts of a possessive construction and is equivalent to the English
‘of.’ The Izafe is written as “‫ﻱ‬” and added directly to the first part of the construction.
the students of a school
‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺑﻴﺔﻛﺎﻥ‬
a door of the house
‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎ‬
the lessons of this book
‫ﺒﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺩﺓﺭﺳﺔﻛﺎﻥ‬
WITH ATTRIBUTIVE ADJECTIVES
The Izafe also links adjectives and nouns.
※ When noun-adjective constructions are enveloped by the demonstratives (e.g. ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺎﻧﺔ‬
on page 15) or modified by the definitive suffix (e.g. ‫ﺓﻛﺔ‬ on page 14), the linking
vowel, Izafe changes from “‫ﻱ‬” to “‫ﺓ‬”.
Examples are followed in the next page.
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
19
a. Kurdish girl (in general, absolute form) ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻀﻲ‬
b. Kurdish girl (in general, absolute form) ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻀﺔ‬
c. A Kurdish girl (indefinitive) (common) ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻜﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﻀ‬
d. A Kurdish girl (indefinitive) (rarely used) ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻀﺔ‬
e. The Kurdish girl (definitive) ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺓﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﻀﺔ‬
f. This Kurdish girl (demonstrative) ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻛﻀﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬
※ Example a & b and c & d are interchangeable respectively.
a good hotel ‫ﺑﺎﺵ‬ ‫ﻜﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻠ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻫ‬(correct) a long letter ‫ًﺬ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺔﻳﺔﻛﻲ‬(correct)
‫ﻚ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺑﺎﺷ‬ ‫ﻠﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻫ‬(wrong) ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ًﺬ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺔﻳﺔ‬(wrong)
easy lessons ‫ﺋﺎﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺭﺳﺔﻛﺎﱐ‬(wrong) the big house ‫ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓﻛﺔﻱ‬(wrong)
‫ﺋﺎﺳﺎﻧﺔﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺭﺳﺔ‬(correct) ‫ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓ‬(correct)
this easy lesson ‫ﺋﺎﺳﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺭﺳﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ these big houses ‫ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬
ORDINAL NUMBERS
The ordinal numbers are as follows:
1st
‫ﻳﺔﻛﺔﻡ‬ 9th
‫ﻳﺔﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧ‬ 17th
‫ﺣﺔﻇﺪﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬
2nd
‫ﺩﻭﻭﺓﻡ‬ 10th
‫ﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬ 18th
‫ﻫﺔﺫﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬
3rd
‫ﻴﺔﻡ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺳ‬ 11th
‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬ 19th
‫ﺯﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧ‬
4th
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺭﺓﻡ‬ 12th
‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬ 20th
‫ﺑﻴﺴﺘﺔﻡ‬
5th
‫ﻨﺠﺔﻡ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ 13th
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺯﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬ 100th
‫ﺳﺔﺩﺓﻣﲔ‬
6th
‫ﺷﺔﺷﺔﻡ‬ 14th
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬ 1000
th
‫ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭﺓﻣﲔ/ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭﺓﻡ‬
7th
‫ﺣﺔﻭﺗﺔﻡ‬ 15th
‫ﺛﺎﺯﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬
8th
‫ﻫﺔﺷﺘﺔﻡ‬ 16th
‫ﺷﺎﺯﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬
IZAFE WITH ORDINAL NUMBERS
The 2nd
stage (sophomore) ‫ﺩﻭﻭﺓﻡ‬ ‫ﻗﺆﻧﺎﺧﻲ‬
the 10th
year ‫ﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﹶﻲ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺳﺎ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
20
POSSESSIVES
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS
The normal possessive pronouns are enclitics added to the noun.
They take the following forms:
Singular Plural
1st
person my ‫ﻡ‬ our ‫ﻣﺎﻥ‬
2nd
person your ‫ﺕ‬ your ‫ﺗﺎﻥ‬
3rd
person his/her/its ‫ﻱ‬ their ‫ﻳﺎﻥ‬
GENERAL RULE
In general, the enclitic possessive pronouns are added to the definitive form of the noun,
next to – aka(‫ﺓﻛﺔ‬) or akan(‫ﺓﻛﺎﻥ‬) endings.
your book ‫ًﺒﺔﻛﺔﺕ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ their pens ‫ﹶﺔﻣﺔﻛﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬
his students ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺑﻴﺔﻛﺎﱐ‬ our bag ‫ﺟﺎﻧﺘﺎﻛﺔﻣﺎﻥ‬
EXCEPTIONS
Prominent exceptions to the general formation are names, parents, homes, and body parts.
For these cases, the enclitics are added to the absolute form of the noun.
my hand ‫ﺩﺓﺳﺘﻢ‬ your house ‫ﹶﺘﺎﻥ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻣﺎ‬
your name ‫ﻧﺎﻭﺕ‬ my mother ‫ﺩﺍﻳﻜﻢ‬
our hourse ‫ﹶﻤﺎﻥ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻣﺎ‬ your father ‫ﺑﺎﻭﻛﺖ‬
For kinship terms (besides mother and father), both definitive and absolute forms
are possible.
Definitive Form Absolute Form
your sister ‫ﺧﻮﺷﻜﺔﻛﺔﺕ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺷﻜﺖ‬
my sons ‫ﹺﺓﻛﺎﱎ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﹺﺍﱎ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬
your brother ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻛﺔﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺕ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
21
If the 1st
person possessive enclitic is attached to the definitive form of certain nouns,
it often delivers rhetorical nuance.
Regular Use Rhetorical Use
my spirit ‫ﻡ‬‫ﻃﻴﺎﻥ‬ sweetie, my dear ‫ﻃﻴﺎﻧﺔﻛﺔﻡ‬
my eye ‫ﺿﺎﻭﻡ‬ sweetie, my dear ‫ﺿﺎﻭﺓﻛﺔﻡ‬
my breath ‫ﻫﺔﻧﺎﺳﺔﻡ‬ sweetie, my dear ‫ﻫﺔﻧﺎﺳﺔﻛﺔﻡ‬
my life ‫ﻡ‬‫ﺫﻳﺎﻥ‬ sweetie, my dear ‫ﺫﻳﺎﻧﺔﻛﺔﻡ‬
※ The Kurdish language is very romantic. When you address a friend, a younger person,
your student or someone close to you, it is preferred to use these expressioins, rather
than call someone by one’s name.
THE IZAFE CONSTRUCTION
The possessive noun phrase can also be constructed using Izafe.
With Possessive Enclitic With Izafe
my book ‫ﺒﺔﻛﺔﻡ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺐ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬
their answers ‫ﹶﻣﺔﻛﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ‬‫ﻻ‬‫ﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﹶﻣﻲ‬‫ﻻ‬‫ﻭﺓ‬
your pen ‫ﹶﺔﻣﺔﻛﺔﺕ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﹶﺔﻣﻲ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬
※ The Izafe possessive construction is used to emphasize or clarify the ownership to
whom it belongs. In general, for speaking purposes, shortened enclitic form is
preferred.
ONE’S (‫ﻫﻲ‬)
Singular Plural
1st
person mine ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ ours ‫ًﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬
2nd
person yours ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ yours ‫ﻮﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬
3rd
person his/hers/its ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ theirs ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬
Is this yours? ‫ﻳﺔ؟‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬
This book is mine. .‫ﻣﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺒﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬
The pens are theirs. .‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻧﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﹶﺔﻣﺔﻛﺎﻥ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
22
REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS (‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬)
Singular Plural
1st
person myself ‫ﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ourselves ‫ﻣﺎﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬
2nd
person yourself ‫ﺕ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ yourselves ‫ﺗﺎﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬
3rd
person himself/herself ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ themselves ‫ﻳﺎﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬
I’ll take a shower (I wash myself) .‫ﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺷ‬ ‫ﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬
You know it (by yourself), don’t you? ‫ﻭﺍﻧﻴﺔ؟‬ ,‫ﺩﺓﺯﺍﱐ‬ ‫ﺕ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬
Write your name
(= the name of yourself) here!
!‫ﺑﻨﻮﻭﺳﺔ‬ ‫ﺮﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﺕ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻭﻱ‬
ENCLITIC – ISH ( ‫ﺵ‬  ‫ﻳﺶ‬ )
The enclitic particle – ish ( ‫ﺵ‬  ‫ﻳﺶ‬ ) have the English meanings of too / also / even.
It is added to nouns, noun-adjective phrases and pronouns.
When added to words ending in vowels, – ish yields its own vowel in favor of the preceding
vowel, becoming – sh.
§ Add ‫ﻳﺶ‬ to a noun or a pronoun that ends in a consonant.
§ Add ‫ﺵ‬ to a noun or a pronoun that ends in a vowel.
me ‫ﻣﻦ‬ me too ‫ﻣﻨﻴﺶ‬
this book ‫ﺒﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ this book too ‫ﺒﺔﺵ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬
When added to words that have a possessive pronoun enclitic, – ish intervenes in between
the noun and the possessive enclitic.
your father ‫ﺑﺎﻭﻛﺖ‬ your father too ‫ﺑﺎﻭﻛﻴﺸﺖ‬
my friends ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻫﺎﻭ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻜﺔ‬‫ﻡ‬ even my friends ‫ﻜﺔﺷﻢ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻫﺎﻭ‬
※ Note that possessive enclitics are always added at the end of the noun phrase.
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
23
4. LINKING VERBS
MOSTLY EQUIVALENT TO ‘TO BE’ IN ENGLISH
The linking verbs (or the present tense copulas: ‘am, is, are’) consist of the following
enclitics:
Singular Plural
1st
person (I) am ‫ﻡ‬ (We) are ‫ﻳﻦ‬
2nd
person (You) are ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺖ‬ 1) (You) are ‫ﻥ‬
3rd
person (He) is ‫ﺓ|ﻳﺔ‬ 2) (They) are ‫ﻥ‬
1) The inherent (‫ﺕ‬) shown for the 2nd
person singular is characteristic of literary
Kurdish, and seldom appears in the informal spoken language.
You are smart. (‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ‬) .‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﻲ‬ (‫ﻮ‬‫)ﺗ‬ = .‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﻴﺖ‬ (‫ﻮ‬‫)ﺗ‬
Where are you? (‫ﻱ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬) ‫ﻲ؟‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ (‫ﻮ‬‫)ﺗ‬ = ‫ﻴﺖ؟‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ (‫ﻮ‬‫)ﺗ‬
2) The 3rd person singular linking verb is “‫ﺓ‬”. However, if the complement or
adverbial phrase has a vowel ending, such as “‫ﺓ‬”, “‫ﺍ‬” or “ َ‫ﻭ‬” at the end,
y[ee] (‫ﻱ‬) sound is inserted to induce an easier pronunciation.
This is big. (‫ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺓ‬) .‫ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺓﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬
She is a teacher. (‫ﺳﺘﺎ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬) .‫ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺔ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬
3) When the 3rd
person singular possessive enclitic(‫ﻱ‬) is followed by the 3rd
person
singular ending ”‫ﺓ‬” , a special form, “‫ﻳﺔﰐ‬” is used.
This is her book. (‫ﺒﺔﻛﺔﻱ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬) .‫ﺒﻜﺔﻳﺔﰐ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬
This is her son. ( ‫ﻛ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻮ‬ ) .‫ﹺﺓﻛﺔﻳﺔﰐ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬
For other cases of “‫ﻳﺔﰐ‬”, see the 3rd
person singular Subjective BP of the
Present Perfect tense on page 59 and Irregular Verbs on page 61.
He had eaten. .‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻭﻭﻳﺔﰐ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬
The child is hungry. .‫ﺑﺮﺳﻴﻴﺔﰐ‬ ‫ﹶﺔﻛﺔ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻣﻨﺪﺍ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
24
NEGATIVE STATEMENTS
To negate a linking verb statement, add (‫ﱐ‬) to the linking verb.
They are not smart. (‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ‬) .‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﻨﲔ‬ ← ‫ﻥ‬ + ‫ﱐ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬
He is not here. (‫ﺮﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻟ‬) .‫َﺮﺓﻧﻴﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻟ‬ ← ‫ﺓ‬ + ‫ﱐ‬ ‫ﺮﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻟ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬
SENTENCES WITH LINKING VERBS
The linking verb can be combined with 1) an adjective phrase or 2) a noun phrase
complement or 3) an adverbial phrase.
COMPLEMENT + LINKING VERB
A complement relates to the subject: it describes the subject or identifies it (says who or
what it is).
COMPLEMENT WITH ADJECTIVE PHRASE
She(‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬) is(‫ﺓ‬) pretty(‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬). .‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬ ← ‫ﺓ‬ + ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬
She(‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬) is(‫ﺓ‬) not pretty(‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬). .‫ﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬ ← ‫ﺓ‬ + ‫ﱐ‬ + ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬
You(‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬) are(‫ﻳﺖ‬) brave(‫ﺋﺎﺯﺍ‬). .‫ﺋﺎﺯﺍﻳﺖ‬ ← ‫ﻳﺖ‬ + ‫ﺋﺎﺯﺍ‬ (‫ﻮ‬‫)ﺗ‬
They( ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬‫ﺍﻥ‬ ) are(‫ﻥ‬) sick(‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧﺔﺧ‬). .‫ﺷﻦ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧﺔﺧ‬ ← ‫ﻥ‬ + ‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧﺔﺧ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬
COMPLEMENT WITH NOUN PHRASE
We are(‫ﻳﻦ‬) teachers(‫ﺳﺘﺎ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬). .‫ﺳﺘﺎﻳﻦ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬ ← ‫ﻳﻦ‬ + ‫ﺳﺘﺎ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬ (‫ﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫)ﺋ‬
We are(‫ﻳﻦ‬) not teachers(‫ﺳﺘﺎ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬). .‫ﻧﻴﲔ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬ ← ‫ﻳﻦ‬ + ‫ﱐ‬ + ‫ﺳﺘﺎ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬ (‫ﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫)ﺋ‬
She is(‫ﺓ‬) my wife(‫ﺫﻥ‬). .‫ﺫﳕﺔ‬ ← ‫ﺓ‬ + ‫ﺫﱎ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬
ADVERBIAL + LINKING VERB
I am(‫ﻡ‬) at school(‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬). .‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ← ‫ﻡ‬ + ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬
I am(‫ﻡ‬) not at school(‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬). .‫ﻧﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ← ‫ﻡ‬ + ‫ﱐ‬ + ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬
My pen is(‫ﺓ‬) on the red table(‫ﺰ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣ‬). .‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺰﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻟﺔﺳﺔﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﺔﻟﺔﻣﺔﻛﺔﻡ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
25
SUMMARY
This child is my son. .‫ﹺﻣﺔ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﹶﺔ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻣﻨﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬
The red apple is yours. .‫ﻳﺔ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﻮﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺳ‬
Baktiyar and I are at the bazaar. .‫ﹺﻳﻦ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺔﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
※ When one’s nationality is the subject matter, it is also acceptable to add “‫ﺓ‬” to the
ending of the Linking Verb. (Especially for speaking, this way is more preferred. J)
I am Korean. .‫ﺭﱘ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻛ‬ = .‫ﺭﳝﺔ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻛ‬ I am not Chinese. .‫ﻧﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺿﻴﲏ‬ = .‫ﻧﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺿﻴﲏ‬
They are Japanese. .‫ﻳﺎﺑﺎﻧﲔ‬ = .‫ﻳﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﻨﺔ‬ We are not Kurdish. .‫ﻧﻴﲔ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬ = .‫ﻧﻴﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬
EXERCISES
Red dress is pretty. (in general) ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻲ‬.
The red dress is pretty. (definitive) ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺔ‬.
The red dresses are pretty. (definitive plural) ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺔ‬.
This red dress is pretty. (demonstrative) ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬.
Your red dress is pretty. (possessive) ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺔﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔﺕ‬.
Red Kurdish dress is pretty. (in general) ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻲ‬‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬.
The red Kurdish dress is pretty. (definitive) ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻲ‬‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭ‬‫ﺓﻛﺔ‬‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬.
This red Kurdish dress is pretty. (demonstrative) ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭ‬‫ﺓ‬‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬.
Your red Kurdish dress is pretty. (possessive) ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻳﻴﺔﻛﺔﺕ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺔ‬.
This is his daughter. ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻛﻀﻲ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬‫ﻛﻀﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﰐ‬.
This is my friend’s daughter. ‫ﻣﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻫﺎﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﻀﻲ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬.
This is my father’s friend’s daughter. ‫ﺑﺎﻭﻛﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻫﺎﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﻀﻲ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬.
This pen is yours. ‫ﹶﺔ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬‫ﻳﺔ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺔ‬.
The black, cool, fantastic pants are my sister’s. ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬‫ﻟﺔ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺛﺎﻧﺘ‬‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺵ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﹺﺓﺵ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺷﻜﻤﺔ‬.
We are Juniors(3rd
stage students)
at Salahaddin University.
‫ﻗﺆﻧﺎﺧﻲ‬ ‫ﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺳ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺯﺍﻧﻜ‬ ‫ﺔﻣﻲ‬‫ﺳ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺔ‬‫ﻻ‬‫ﺣ‬‫ﺔ‬‫ﺩﻳﻨﲔ‬.
Sangar and Hasan are my friends. ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺣﺔﺳﺔﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺔﻧﻄﺔﺭ‬‫ﻣﻨﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﻱ‬.
You are not visible.
(I haven’t seen you for a long time) ‫ﻧﻴﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺎﺭ‬.
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
26
5. QUESTIONS
YES/NO QUESTIONS
To make a statement into a “formal” question, simply add “‫ﺋﺎﻳﺎ‬” at the beginning of the
question. ‫ﺋﺎﻳﺎ‬ is usually used in written language, while in informal speech, raising the
voice tone at the end is enough to make the statement a question without any change to
the sentence structure.
With ‫ﺋﺎﻳﺎ‬ (formal, written) Without ‫ﺋﺎﻳﺎ‬ (spoken)
Is this yours? ‫ﻳﺔ؟‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺔ؟‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬
Are you an English teacher? ‫ﺋﻴﻨﻄﻠﻴ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎﻱ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﻳﺎ‬‫ﺰ‬‫ﻳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺋﻴﻨﻄﻠﻴﺰﻳ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎﻱ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬‫ﺖ؟‬
Are these flowers roses? ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﻥ‬ ‫ﹶﻲ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬ ‫ﹶﻧﺔ‬‫ﻻ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﻳﺎ‬‫؟‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﻥ‬ ‫ﹶﻲ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬ ‫ﹶﻧﺔ‬‫ﻻ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬‫؟‬
USING QUESTION WORDS
Who
‫ﻲ‬‫ﻛ‬ How
‫ﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺿ‬
Where
‫ﻱ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ (‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ,‫)ﻟﺔ‬ How many / old / What time (num)
‫ﺿﺔﻧﺪ‬
What
‫ﺿﻲ‬ ,‫ﺽ‬ How much (price)
‫ﺿﺔﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬
Why
‫ﺑ‬‫ﺿﻲ‬ ‫ﻮ‬ Which one of them
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ‬
When
‫ﻛﺔﻱ‬ Which (relative pronoun)
‫ﻛﺔ‬
In Kurdish, question words don’t change the word order of the sentence. The general rule
(subject – object/complement – verb) is applied in both questions and statements.
Sample questions:
Who is this boy? ‫ﻴﺔ؟‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﹺﺓ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ Where are you
from?
‫ﻴﺖ؟‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﹶﻜﻲ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺧﺔ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬
How are you? ‫ﻱ؟‬‫ﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺿ‬ ً‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ Where is a pen? ‫ﹶﺔﻡ؟‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺍ‬
How old is he? ‫ﺿﺔﻧﺪﺓ؟‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺗﺔﻣﺔﻥ‬ Where are you
going?
‫ﻳﺖ؟‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬
How much are those? ‫ﺿﺔﻧﺪﻥ؟‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻧﺔ‬ Where is the
hospital?
‫ﻴﺔ؟‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺎﻧﺔﻛﺔ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧﺔﺧ‬
How far is it from here? ‫ﺮﺓ؟‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻭﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺿﺔﻧﺪ‬ What time is it? ‫ﺿﺔﻧﺪﺓ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺎﺕ‬
Which one is better? ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺘﺮﺓ؟‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ‬ What is your
telephone number?
‫ﻧﺔﻛﺔﺕ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗﺔﻟﺔﻓ‬ ‫ﺫﻣﺎﺭﺓﻱ‬
‫ﺿﺔﻧﺪﺓ؟‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
27
6. ADJECTIVES
COMPARATIVE AND SUPERLATIVE ADJECTIVES
SUFFIXES ""‫ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬&""‫ﺗﺮ‬
The comparative & the superlative degree of the adjective are formed by suffixing “‫ﺗﺮ‬”and
“‫ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬” respectively.
Comparative Superlative
Smart smarter Smartest
‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
Beautiful more beautiful most beautiful
‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
Easy easier Easiest
‫ﺋﺎﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
THAN
The preposition of comparison is “‫ﻟﺔ‬”, as in the following examples.
Today is colder than yesterday. .‫ﺳﺎﺭﺩﺗﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﲏ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ﺋﺔﻣ‬
This is better than that. .‫ﺑﺎﺷﺘﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬
This is better than that. .‫ﺑﺎﺷﺘﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬
SUPERLATIVE "‫ﻫﺔﺭﺓ‬"
Adding “‫ﻫﺔﺭﺓ‬” before an adjective is another way of making superlative expressions.
the smartest ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺭﺓ‬ | the most active ‫ﺿﺎﻻﻙ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺭﺓ‬ | the bravest ‫ﺋﺎﺯﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺭﺓ‬
Dastan is the smartest among
the 1st
graders
.‫ﻳﺔﻛﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﻗﺆﻧﺎﻍﻱ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺏﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬
※ ” ‫ﻫﺔﺭ‬‫ﺓ‬ ” and ”‫ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬” can be used together to emphasize the superlative.
Smartest ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
28
SUPERLATIVE ADJECTIVES COME BEFORE THE NOUN
Superlative adjectives precede the nouns they modify, as in
the most beautiful child ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻣﻨﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ the coldest day ‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺭﺩﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
the smartest person ‫ﻛﺔﺱ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺭﺓ‬ the best things ‫ﺷﺘﺔﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺿﺎﻛﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
Shaqlawa is the nicest place. .‫ﻨﺔ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺷﻮ‬ ‫ﺧﺆﺷﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﹶﻭﺓ‬‫ﻼ‬‫ﺷﺔﻗ‬ the coolest thing ‫ﺷﺘﺔﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
FORMATION OF NOUN, ADJECTIVE AND ADVERB
ADJECTIVE à NOUN
Adding “‫ﻱ‬” at the end of the adjective makes a noun.
Adjective Noun
beautiful ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬ beauty ‫ﺟﻮﺍﱐ‬
intelligent ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ‬ intelligence ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﻲ‬
wise ‫ﺫﺭ‬ wisdom ‫ﺫﻳﺮﻱ‬
true ‫ﹺﺍﺳﺖ‬‫ﺭ‬ truth ‫ﹺﺍﺳﱵ‬‫ﺭ‬
polite ‫ﺑﺔﺋﺔ‬‫ﺩﺓﺑ‬‫ﺔﻭﺓ‬ politeness ‫ﺋﺔ‬‫ﺩﺓﺏ‬
sick ‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧﺔﺧ‬ sickness ‫ﺷﻲ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧﺔﺧ‬
healthy ‫ﺗﺔﻧﺪﺭﻭﺳﺖ‬ health ‫ﺗﺔﻧﺪﺭﻭﺳﱵ‬
sour ‫ﺗﺮﺵ‬ pickle ‫ﺗﺮﺷﻲ‬
free ‫ﺋﺎﺯﺍﺩ‬ freedom ‫ﺋﺎﺯﺍﺩﻱ‬
nice/good/cool ‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ happiness ‫ﺷﻲ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬
It’s not the healthy who need a doctor, but the sick. (Matthew 9:12)
(12 : 9 ‫)ﻣﺔﺗﺘﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺔﺧﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﹶﻜﻮ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺑﺔ‬ ,‫ﻧﻴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺛﺰﻳﺸﻚ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﻮﻳﺴﱵ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻍ‬ ‫ﻟﺔﺵ‬ ‫ﻇﻲ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﻣﺮ‬
"I am the way and the truth and the life. No one comes to the Father except
through me.
(John 14:6)
‫ﰊ‬‫ﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑﺔﻫ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻭﻙ‬ ‫ﻻﻱ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻳﺔﺕ‬ ‫ﻛﺔﺱ‬ .‫ﺫﻳﺎﱎ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﹺﺍﺳﱵ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻄﺎ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺔﻧﻨﺎ‬‫ﻮ‬‫)ﻳ‬14:6(
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
29
NOUN à ADJECTIVE
Adding the preposition, “‫ﺑﺔ‬”(with, by) at the beginning of the noun makes an adjective.
Noun Adjective
doubt ‫ﻃﻮﻣﺎﻥ‬ doubtful/
suspicious
‫ﺑﺔﻃﻮﻣﺎﻥ‬
liver(organ) ‫ﺟﺔﺭﻁ‬ brave ‫ﺑﺔﺟﺔﺭﻁ‬
power ‫ﺰ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻫ‬ strong ‫ﺰ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺑﺔﻫ‬
religion ‫ﺋﺎﻳﲔ‬‫ﺩﻳﻦ‬ religious ‫ﺑﺔﺩﻳﻦ/ﺩﻳﻨﺪﺍﺭ‬
fear ‫ﺗﺮﺱ‬ fearful ‫ﺑﺔﺗﺮﺱ‬
taste ‫ﺗﺎﻡ‬ tasty ‫ﺑﺔﺗﺎﻡ‬
mercy ‫ﺑﺔﺯ‬‫ﺓ‬‫ﻳﻲ‬ merciful ‫ﺑﺔﺑﺔﺯﺓﻳﻲ‬
glory ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺷﻜ‬ glorious ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑﺔﺷﻜ‬ =‫ﻣﺔﻧﺪ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺷﻜ‬
respect ‫ﺰ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ dear ‫ﺰ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺑﺔ‬
Dolma is so delicious (tasty)! !‫ﺑﺔﺗﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺭ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺯ‬ ‫ﳌﺔ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺩ‬
ADJECTIVE à ADVERB
GENERAL RULE
Adding the preposition, “‫ﺑﺔ‬”(with, by) or “‫ﰊ‬”(without) at the beginning of the adjective
and “‫ﻱ‬” at the end makes a noun.
‫ﻱ‬ + adjective + ‫ﺑ‬‫ﺔ‬‫ﰊ‬
Adjective Adverb
sure ‫ﹶﻨﻴﺎ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺩ‬ surely ‫ﹶﻨﻴﺎﻱ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬
suspicious ‫ﻃﻮﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ of course ‫ﻃﻮﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﰊ‬
fast (e.g. this is fast) ‫ﺮﺍ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺧ‬ fast (e.g. runs fast) ‫ﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺑﺔﺧ‬
hesitant ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺩﻭﻭﺩ‬ without hesitation ‫ﹶﻲ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺩﻭﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﰊ‬
slow ‫ﻮﺍﺵ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻫ‬ slowly ‫ﻮﺍﺷﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺑﺔﻫ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
30
WORD ORDER
ADJECTIVE AS A COMPLEMENT
1) Subject – 2) Complement – 3) Linking Verb (Present Copula)
The mountain is high. .‫ﺑﺔﺭﺯﺓ‬ ‫ﺷﺔﺧﺔﻛﺔ‬
The film is very interesting. .‫ﺷﺔ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﺭ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺯ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻴﻤﺔﻛﺔ‬
The downstairs room is dark. .‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺫﻭﻭﺭﻱ‬
ADJECTIVE AS A MODIFIER
1) The modified noun precedes, 3) the modifying adjective follows and 2) the noun and
adjective are connected by the Izafe ”‫ﻱ‬”.
a high mountain ‫ﺑﺔﺭﺯ‬ ‫ﻜﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺷﺔﺧ‬
* a very interesting film ‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﺭ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺯ‬ ‫ﻜﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻓﻠﻴﻤ‬
delicious meal ‫ﺑﺔﻟﺔﺯﺕ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﱐ‬
※ The adverb, that modifies the adjective, comes before the adjective. (See page 32.)
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
31
7. PREPOSITIONS - PART I
INTRODUCTION TO PREPOSITIONS
WHAT IS A PREPOSITION?
A preposition is a word like in, to, for and out of in English.
Here are some of their Kurdish counterparts.
English Preposition Kurdish
prepositions
Examples
with/by (a method/way) ‫ﺑﺔ‬ (I travel) by car ‫ﺑﺔ‬‫ﺳﺔﻳﺎﺭﺓ‬
to (a person) ‫ﺑﺔ‬ (Talk) to me ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬
without (something) ‫ﰊ‬ without money ‫ﺛﺎﺭﺓ‬ ً‫ﰊ‬
to/toward (a place) ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ (I went) to Bazaar ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬
for (a reason/person) ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ For what?, for you ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺿﻲ؟‬ ً‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬
in/at (a place) ‫ﻟﺔ‬ at home, in here ‫ﺮﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻟ‬ ,‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬
HOW TO USE A PREPOSITION
A preposition usually comes before a noun phrase.
for two years ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺳﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻭ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬
with you ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻟﺔﻃﺔ‬
to his friend’s house ‫ﻜﺔﻡ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻫﺎﻭ‬ ‫ﹶﻲ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬
by my dad’s car ‫ﺑﺎﻭﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﺔﻳﺎﺭﺓﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬
A prepositional phrase can be an object or an adverbial.
I studied Kurdish. ‫ﻛ‬‫ﻨﺪ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺧﻮ‬ ‫ﻮﺭﺩﱘ‬. I studied Kurdish for 2 years. .‫ﻨﺪ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺧﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﱘ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺳﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻭ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬
Come! !‫ﻭﺓﺭﺓ‬ Come with me! !‫ﻭﺓﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻟﺔﻃﺔ‬
I give (it). ‫ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻡ‬. I give it to you. .‫ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻡ‬ ‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬
Listen! ‫ﺑﻄﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬ Listen to this song! ‫ﺑﻄﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻧﻴﻴﺔ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻃ‬ ‫ﻟﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
32
PREPOSITION & POSTPOSITION
Certain prepositions (especially, ‫ﻟﺔ‬) are coupled with a postposition to envelop the
complement together. The preposition itself marks the beginning of the prepositional
phrase, and the end of the complement is marked by a postpositional element.
Coupling
Postposition
Preposition Examples
in, at (a place) ‫ﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ in Kurdistan ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬
in America ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬
finally ‫ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪﺍ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬
in front of ‫ﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭ‬ ‫ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭ....ﺩﺍ‬
from (a place) ‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ from afar ‫ﻟﺔﺩﻭﻭﺭﺓﻭﺓ‬
because of ‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭ‬ because of that ‫ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭﺋﺔﻭﺓ‬
for the sake of ‫ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭﺧﺎﺗﺮﻱ‬ for you ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭﺧﺎﺗﺮﻱ‬
ADVERBIAL PHRASES
In Kurdish, most adverbs and adverbial phrases are added after the subject.
Subject – Adverb – Verb
Subject – Adverb – Object/Complement – Verb
※ Notable exceptions are the adverbs of direction (to/for/towards somewhere), which
usually come after the verb.
ADVERB OF TIME/FREQUENCY
I’ll come. ‫ﺩ‬‫ﻢ‬‫ﻳ‬. I’ll come tomorrow. .‫ﻡ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﺔﻳﺎﱐ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬
I’ll leave. ‫ﻡ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬. I’ll leave at 3 o’clock. .‫ﻡ‬‫ﻭ‬ِ‫ﹴ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺳ‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬
More examples:
in the afternoon ‫ﻧﻴﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﺛﺎﺵ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ً‫ﻭ‬ at night ‫ﺷﺔﻭ‬ late ‫ﺩﺭﺓ‬‫ﻧﻂ‬
evening ‫ًﻮﺍﺭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ early ‫ﺯﻭﻭ‬ yesterday ‫ﲏ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩﻭ‬
next year ‫ﻜﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬ً‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺳﺎ‬‫ﺩﻳﻜﺔ‬ last year ‫ﺛﺎﺭ‬ two yrs ago ‫ﺮﺍﺭ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
33
ADVERB OF MANNER
Go! ‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ﺑ‬! Go fast! !ً‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬
Speak! ‫ﻲ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻠ‬‫ﺑ‬! Speak slowly! !‫ﻲ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻠ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﻢ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﻮﺍﺷﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻫ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬
More examples:
slowly ‫ﻮﺍﺷﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻫ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ quickly/fast ‫ﺮﺍ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻲ‬ with them ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻟﺔﻃﺔ‬
by foot ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ ** nicely ‫ﺑﺎﺵ‬ with them ‫ﹶﻴﺎﻥ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻟﺔﻃﺔ‬
by car ‫ﺳﺔﻳﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ at once ‫ﺟﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﺔﻙ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ ** in a pretty way ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬
** Some adjectives behave like adverbs as well.
ADVERB OF PLACE
I’m going. ‫ﺩﺓﺿﻢ‬ I’m going to Halabja. .‫ﹶﺔﲜﺔ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻫﺔ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺿﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬
I came back. ‫ﹺﺍﻣﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬ I came back from school. .‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﹺﺍﻣﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬
I came. ‫ﻫﺎﰎ‬ I came from afar. .‫ﻫﺎﰎ‬ ‫ﻟﺔﺩﻭﻭﺭﺓﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬
More examples:
on (a thing) ..‫ﻟﺔﺳﺔﺭ‬‫.ﺩﺍ‬ from behind ‫ﻟﺔﺛﺸﺖ...ﺓﻭﺓ‬ to (a place) .... ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬
under ‫ﺮ...ﺩﺍ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻟﺔﺫ‬ behind ‫ﻟﺔﺛﺸﺖ...ﺩﺍ‬ in (a place) .... ‫ﻟﺔ‬
besides ‫ﹶ...ﺩﺍ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺛﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ below ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺓ‬ from (a place) ‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬ .... ‫ﻟﺔ‬
Common expressions and Kurdish idioms with preposition will be covered in Chapter 12.
Preposition – Part II.
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
34
8. VERB TYPES
INTRANSITIVE & TRANSITIVE
INTRANSITIVE ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻨﺔﺛﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬
An intransitive verb is a verb that cannot take an object, although it may have an
adverbial/prepositional phrase along with it.
I understand very well. (‫)ﻣﻦ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺯ‬‫ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﰐ‬ ‫ﺵ‬
I’ll come back early tomorrow. (‫)ﻣﻦ‬‫ﺑﺔﻳﺎﱐ‬‫ﺯﻭﻭ‬.‫ﻤﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬
I live in Hawler. ‫ﺩﺓﺫ‬ ‫ﺮ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻫﺔﻭﻟ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬‫ﱘ‬.
TRANSITIVE ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺜﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬
A transitive verb is a verb that takes an object.
I study Kurdish. ‫ﻨﻢ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬.
I don’t have(eat) dinner. (‫)ﻣﻦ‬‫ﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧﺎﺧ‬ ‫ﻮﺍﺭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﱐ‬.
He sees you. )‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬((‫)ﺕ‬‫ﲏ‬‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬.
SIMPLE, COMPLEX, COMPOUND
Both intransitive and transitive verbs can be grouped under one of the following:
1) simple 2) complex 3) compound
Here, the number of meaningful words in a verb decides its classification.
SIMPLE VERBS ‫ﺳﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬
A simple verb is a one-word verb.
Intransitive Transitive
to arrive ‫ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ‬ to do ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
to go, to leave ‫ﻳﺸﱳ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ to wash ‫ﺷﻮﺷﱳ‬
to come ‫ﻫﺎﺗﻦ‬ to take, to hold ‫ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬
to die ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻥ‬ to eat ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭ‬‫ﺩﻥ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
35
COMPLEX VERBS ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺫﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬
A complex verb takes two forms:
§ A prefix (no-meaning) + a simple verb.
§ A simple verb + a suffix )‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬(
Intransitive
Suffix Simple verb Prefix Complex Verb
- ‫ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ‬
to arrive
‫ﹶ‬‫ﰐ‬ ‫ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﰐ‬
to understand
‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬
again
‫ﹺﺍﻥ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬
to explore,
to search
- ‫ﹺﺍﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬
to return
- ‫ﺳﺎﻥ‬
to obtain
‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻫﺔ‬ ‫ًﺴﺎﻥ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻫﺔ‬
to get up, wake up
Transitive
Suffix Simple verb Prefix Complex Verb
- ‫ﺧﺴﱳ‬
to drop
‫ﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﺧﺴﱳ‬ ‫ﺩﺍ‬
to close
‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬
again
‫ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬
to take
- ‫ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬
to win, overcome
- ‫ﺑﺬﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬
to compensate
‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻫﺔ‬ ً‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻫﺔ‬‫ﺒﺬﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬
to elect, choose
COMPOUND VERB ‫ﻜﺪﺭﺍﻭ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬
Compound verb is a verb with more than two meaningful words.
Intransitive
Suffix Simple verb Pre-Word Compound Verb
- ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬
to be, become
‫ﺑﺮﺳﻲ‬
a. hungry
‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺳﻲ‬
to become hungry
- ‫ﻫﺎﺗﻦ‬
to come
‫ﺧﺔ‬‫ﻭ‬
n. sleep
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺔﻭ‬
to become sleepy
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
36
Transitive
Suffix Simple verb Pre-Word Compound Verb
‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬
again
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
to do, make
‫ﺛﺎﻙ‬
a. clean
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻙ‬
v. clean
- ‫ﺩﺍﻥ‬
to give
‫ﺩﺓﺳﺖ‬
n. hand
‫ﺩﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺳﺖ‬
v. touch
SUMMARY
Intransitive Transitive
Simple ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ : to become
‫ﺿﻮﻭﻥ‬ : to go
‫ﻳﺸﱳ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ : to leave
‫ﺧ‬‫ﺔ‬‫ﻭﺗﻦ‬ : to sleep
‫ﻫﺔﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬ : to wake up
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻦ‬ : to come
‫ﻣﺮﺩ‬‫ﻥ‬ : to die
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ :to do, work
‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬ : to eat
‫ﺷﻮﺷﱳ‬ : to wash
‫ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬ : to take
‫ﺑﻴﻨﲔ‬ : to see
‫ﺯﺍﻧﲔ‬ : to know
‫ًﻨﺎﻥ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻫ‬ : to bring
Complex ‫ﹺﺍﻧﺔﻭ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬‫ﺓ‬ : to return
‫ﻣﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬ : to stay
‫ﻧﻴﺸﱳ‬ ‫ﺩﺍ‬ : to sit
‫ﻭﺓﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﹺﺍ‬‫ﺭ‬ : to stand
‫ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ‬ َ‫ﹰ‬‫ﰐ‬ : to understand
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬ : to open
‫ﺧﺴﱳ‬ ‫ﺩﺍ‬ : to close
‫ﻃﺮﺗﻦ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻫﺔ‬ : to hold
‫ﺧﺴﱳ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺭ‬ : to reveal
Compound ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻴﻨﻮﻭ‬ : to become thirsty
‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺳﻲ‬ : to become hungry
‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﺔﺭﻣﺎ‬ : to feel cold
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺛﺮﺳﻴﺎﺭ‬ : to ask
‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺮ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻓ‬ : to learn
‫ﺧﺴﺘﻨﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﲑ‬ : to remind
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
37
9. TENSES
FINDING STEM & ROOT FOR VERB CONJUGATION
All Kurdish verbs end with “‫.”ن‬
§ Past root, which is the base for past tense conjugation, is formed by
dropping the “‫.”ن‬
§ Present stem, which is the base for present tense conjugation, is normally
formed by dropping the “‫”ن‬ and the second last letter of the verb.
However, there are many irregular cases as well.
vt. = transitive verb
vi. = intransitive verb
Verb
(Infinitive)
Past Stem Present Stem
By the rule
to see (vt)
to fall (vi)
to pull (vt)
to grab, hold (vt)
to wake up (vi)
to laugh (vi)
to die (vi)
to buy (vt)
to sell (vt)
‫ﺑﻴﻨﲔ‬
‫ﻛﺔﻭﺗﻦ‬
‫ﺸﺎﻥ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﹺﺍ‬‫ﺭ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺗﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺔ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺴ‬‫ﺘ‬‫ﺎ‬‫ﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺔﻧﲔ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﹺﻳﻦ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ﻛ‬
‫ﺷﱳ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻴﲏ‬
‫ﻛ‬‫ﺔﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺸﺎ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﹺﺍ‬‫ﺭ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺕ‬
‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻫﺔ‬‫ﺳ‬‫ﺘ‬‫ﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺔﱐ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺩ‬
‫ﹺﻱ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ﻛ‬
‫ﺷﺖ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﻛﺔﻭ‬
‫ﺶ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﹺﺍ‬‫ﺭ‬
‫ﻃﺮ‬
‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻫﺔ‬‫ﺳ‬‫ﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺔﻥ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬
‫ﻣﺮ‬
‫ﹺ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ﻛ‬
‫ﺵ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﻓﺮ‬
[a] stem to do (vt)
to drop (vt)
vi. to reach
to buy (vt)
to sell (vt)
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺧﺴﱳ‬
‫ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺧﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻃﺔﻳﺸﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺔ‬
[o] stem to wash (vt)
to eat (vt)
to go, leave (vi)
‫ﺷﻮﺷﱳ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺸﱳ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺷﺖ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺖ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬
ً‫ﻮ‬‫ﺷ‬
‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬
‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬
[e] stem to send (vt)
to know (vt)
to stay (vi)
burn (vi)
to return (vi)
‫ﻧﺎﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻭﺗﺎﻥ‬
‫ﹺﺍﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺳﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺎ_ﺓﻭﺓ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻭﺗﺎ‬
‫ﹺﺍ_ﺓﻭﺓ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬
‫ًﺮ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻧ‬
‫ًﻦ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻧﺎﺳ‬
‫ﻦ_ﺓﻭ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣ‬‫ﺓ‬
ً‫ﹶ‬‫ﰐ‬‫ﺳﻮﻭ‬
‫_ﺓﻭﺓ‬‫ﻱ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬
Irregular
to come (vi)
to say (vt)
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻦ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺗﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻱ‬
ً‫ﻲ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
38
to go (vi)
to be, become (vi)
to kill (vt)
to rely on (vt)
‫ﺿﻮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺷﱳ‬
‫ﺑﺔﺳﱳ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺛﺸﺖ‬
‫ﺿﻮﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺷﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺔﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺛﺸﺖ‬
‫ﺽ‬
‫ﺏ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺫ‬
‫ﺑﺔﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺛﺸﺖ‬
PRESENT & FUTURE
USE OF PRESENT TENSE
In Kurdish, the simple present (e.g. I go), the present continuous (e.g. I’m going) and the
future (e.g. I will go) tense are all expressed in the same manner.
Normally, the future sense is gained from context or by time expressions.
I leave now. .‫ﻡ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺴﺘﺎ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬
I’ll leave tomorrow. .‫ﻡ‬‫ﻭ‬ٍِ‫ﹴ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﲏ‬‫ﺳﺒﺔﻳ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬
FORMATION OF PRESENT TENSE
SIMPLE VERBS
The present tense of the simple verb is formed from the present stem with a prefixed
modal marker (‫ﺩﺓ‬), and the following suffixed subjective endings (bound pronouns).
* All formation rules should be read from right to left.
Formation Rule
[Subjective BP][Present Stem]‫ﺩﺓ‬
to eat (‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬) ‫ﺍﺕ‬ + ‫ﺧﻮ‬ + ‫ﺩﺓ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬ ; (He eats)
※ The modal prefix, ‫ﺩﺓ‬ dá- is used in most Kurdish dialects and is also the standard.
However, the modal prefix in Sulemani dialect is ‫ﺋﺔ‬ á-.
Are you leaving? (Standard & Hawleri) ‫ﻳﺖ؟‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬
Are you leaving? (Sulemani) ‫ﻳﺖ؟‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺋﺔ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬
Today, I’m going to bazaar. .‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺿﻢ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬ ,‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ﺋﺔﻣ‬
Are you going to wash your hands, now? ‫ﻳﺖ؟‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺷ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺳﺘﺖ‬ (‫ﻮ‬‫)ﺗ‬ ,‫ﺴﺘﺎ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬
We’ll come back. .‫ﻴﻨﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬ (‫ﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫)ﺋ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
39
SUBJECTIVE BOUND PRONOUNS FOR PRESENT TENSE
In the present tense, the Bound Pronouns Set I (page 17) is used for both intransitive
and transitive verb conjugations.
Intransitive Verb Transitive Verb
Singular Plural Singular Plural
1st
person
‫ﻡ‬ ‫ﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻡ‬ ‫ﻳﻦ‬
2nd
person
‫ﻱ‬‫ﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻥ‬
3rd
person
‫ﻱ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻥ‬
※ Note that the inherent (t:‫ت‬) shown for 2nd
- and 3rd
-person singular is characteristic of
literary Kurdish and seldom appears in the informal spoken language. The (‫ت‬) is
recovered, however, when any enclitic or suffix(e.g. “‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬”) is added to the verb.
When written When spoken (informal)
Intransitive You go / You’ll go.
.‫ﺩﺓﺿﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺿﻲ‬.
Transitive He writes / He’ll write.
.‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧﻮﻭﺳ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧﻮﻭﺳ‬.
With Suffix He rewrites / He’ll rewrite.
.‫ﺘﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧﻮﻭﺳ‬
Please note, for verbs with stems ending in a vowel[-‫ﺓ‬, -‫ﻭ‬, -‫ﻱ‬], the 3rd
person singular
bound pronouns slightly change.
A-STEM (-‫ﺓ‬)
Common A-Stem Verbs:
‫ﻛﺮﺩ‬(‫)ﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ‬(‫)ﻃﺔ‬ (‫)ﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬ (‫)ﺧﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﺴﱳ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬(‫)ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻥ‬
to do, work to reach, arrive to take to drop, throw to give
Infinitive Form
‫ﻛﺮﺩ‬‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﺴﱳ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬‫ﺩﺍﻥ‬
Present Stem
‫ﻛ‬‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﺔ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬
Singular Plural Singular Plural Singular Plural
1st
person
‫ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺧﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺧﺔﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬‫ﺩﺓﻡ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬‫ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻳﻦ‬
2nd
person
‫ﺩﺓﻛﺔ‬‫ﻱ‬)‫ﺕ‬( ‫ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺧﺔ‬‫ﻱ‬)‫ﺕ‬( ‫ﺩﺓﺧﺔﻥ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬‫ﺩﺓﺩﺓ‬‫ﻱ‬)‫ﺕ‬( ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬‫ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻥ‬
3rd
person
(‫ﺩﺓﻛﺎ)ﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻥ‬ (‫ﺩﺓﺧﺎ)ﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺧﺔﻥ‬ (‫ﺩﺓﺩﺍ)ﺕ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬‫ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻥ‬
※ Any complex or compound verbs with A-Stem verbs also behave as above.
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
40
O-STEM (-‫ﻭ‬)
Common O-Stem Verbs:
‫ﻳﺸﱳ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬(‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬) (‫ﻮ‬‫)ﺷ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺷﱳ‬ (‫ﻮ‬‫)ﺧ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬
to leave to wash to eat
Infinitive Form
‫ﻳﺸﱳ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺷﱳ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬
Present Stem
‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺷ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬
Singular Plural Singular Plural Singular Plural
1st
person
‫ًﻡ‬‫ﻭ‬ٍ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻳﻦ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ًﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺷ‬ ‫ﻳﻦ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺷ‬ ‫ًﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧ‬ ‫ﻳﻦ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧ‬
2nd
person
‫ﻭ‬ٍ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬‫ﻱ‬)‫ﺕ‬( ‫ﻥ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺷ‬‫ﻱ‬)‫ﺕ‬( ‫ﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺷ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧ‬‫ﻱ‬)‫ﺕ‬( ‫ﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧ‬
3rd
person
(‫ٍﻭﺍ)ﺕ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻥ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ (‫ﺷﻮﺍ)ﺕ‬‫ﺓ‬‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺷ‬ (‫ﺩﺓﺧﻮﺍ)ﺕ‬ ‫ﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧ‬
Ali is going to wash his face. .‫ﺩﺓﺷﻮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﺎﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ‬
Danielle eats yogurt everyday. .‫ﺩﺓﺧﻮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﻣﻮﻭ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎ‬
E-STEM (-‫ﻱ‬)
Common E-Stem Verbs: Verbs with “‫ﺍﻥ‬” ending often have E-Stems.
‫ﺳﻮﻭﺗﺎﻥ‬
(‫ﹶ‬‫ﰐ‬‫)ﺳﻮﻭ‬
‫ﹺﺍﻥ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬
(‫ﻱ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫)ﻃﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬
‫ًﻦ..ﺓﻭ‬‫ﻴ‬‫)ﻣ‬‫ﺓ‬(
‫ﺷﻜﺎﻧﺪﻥ‬
(‫ﻦ‬‫ﻴ‬‫)ﺷﻜ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬
)‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬(‫ﹶ‬‫ﱐ‬
to burn to travel to stay to break to cook
Infinitive
Form
‫ﹺﺍﻥ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬
Present
Stem
‫ﻱ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﻦ...ﺓﻭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱐ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬
Singular Plural Singular Plural Singular Plural
1st
person ‫ﻢ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﲔ‬‫ﻳ‬ٍ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬ ‫ًﻨﻤﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻣ‬ ‫ًﻨﻴﻨﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻣ‬ ‫ًﻢ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧ‬ ً‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬ ‫ًﲔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧ‬ ً‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬
2nd
person ‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬‫ﻲ‬)‫ﺕ‬( ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻳ‬ٍ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬ ‫َﻨ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻣ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺘﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫َﻨﻨﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻣ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬‫ﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬)‫ﺕ‬( ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬
3rd
person (‫)ﺕ‬‫ﻱ‬ٍ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻳ‬ٍ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﺘﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻨ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣ‬‫ﺓ‬‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﻨﻨﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣ‬‫ﺓ‬‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬ ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬
When is Hewa coming back from Malaysia? ‫ﻴﺴﻴﺎ؟‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣﺎﻟ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺘﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﺔﻱ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﻮﺍ‬
Rezan doesn’t cook on Friday. .‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻧﺎﻧ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﻳﲏ‬ ‫ﺰﺍﻥ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
41
IRREGULAR VERBS
The following are prominent irregular verbs.
Infinitive
Form
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻦ‬ (to come) ‫ﻃﻮﺗﻦ‬ (to say) ‫ﻛﻮﺷﱳ‬ (to kill)
Present Stem
‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺫ‬
Singular Plural Singular Plural Singular Plural
1st
person ‫ﻢ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﲔ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﻢ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻴ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬‫ﲔ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﻛﻮﺫﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﻛﻮﺫﻳﻦ‬
2nd
person ‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩ‬‫ﻲ‬)‫ﺕ‬( ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩ‬ (‫ﻲ)ﺕ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ (‫ﺩﺓﻛﻮﺫﻱ)ﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﻛﻮﺫﻥ‬
3rd
person (‫)ﺕ‬‫ﻱ‬‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩ‬ (‫)ﺕ‬‫ﻲ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ (‫)ﺕ‬‫ﻱ‬‫ﺩﺓﻛﻮﺫ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﻛﻮﺫ‬‫ﻥ‬
COMPLEX VERB & COMPOUND VERBS
For complex or compound verbs:
1) The first part of the verb (either prefix or pre-word) gets separated from the rest
of the verb.
2) The modal marker (‫ﺩﺓ‬) is attached before the second part of the present stem.
3) The subjective bound pronoun goes to the end of the present stem.
Formation Rule
[Subjective BP][Present Stem]‫ﺩﺓ‬ [Prefix/Pre-Word]
to run ( ‫ﹺﺍ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ) ‫ﻡ‬ + ‫ﻛﺔ‬ + ‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﹺﺍ‬‫ﺭ‬ ; (I run, I’m running)
※ Formation rules should be read from right to left.
If the complex or compound verb has the – awa(‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬) suffix, the awa(‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬) is affixed
behind the personal endings.
Formation Rule
‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬+[Subjective BP][Present Stem]‫ﺩﺓ‬ [Prefix/Pre-Word]
v. to remember
( ‫ﺑﲑ‬‫ﻛ‬‫ﺔﻭﺗﻨﺔﻭﺓ‬ )
‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬ + ‫ﻡ‬ + ‫ﻛﺔﻭ‬ + ‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﲑ‬ ; (I remember)
※ Formation rules should be read from right to left.
NEGATIVE STATEMENTS
To negate a present tense statement, change the modal prefix (‫ﺩﺓ‬) to ( ‫ﻧ‬‫ﺎ‬ ).
Infinitive Affirmative Negative
Intransitive ‫ﺿﻮﻭﻥ‬ (to go) ‫ﺩﺓﺿﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺿﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬
Transitive ‫ﻧﻮﻭﺳﲔ‬ (to write) ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧﻮﻭﺳ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬‫ﻧﺎ‬‫ﻲ‬‫ﻧﻮﻭﺳ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
42
SUMMARY
Simple Verbs ( ‫ﺿﻮﻭﻥ‬ , ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬ ):
Intransitive I’ll go (to school). ‫ﺩﺓ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬‫ﺿ‬‫ﻢ‬)‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬(.
Transitive We are eating (breakfast). (‫ًﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫)ﺋ‬)‫ﺑﺔﻳﺎﱐ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﱐ‬(‫ﻳﻦ؟‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧ‬
Complex or Compound Verbs ( ‫ﻧﻴﺸﱳ‬ ‫ﺩﺍ‬ , ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺳﺖ‬ , ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻙ‬ ):
Intransitive I’ll sit (here). (‫)ﻣﻦ‬)‫ًﺮﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻟ‬(‫ﺩﺍ‬.‫ﺩﺓﻧﻴﺸﻢ‬
Transitive I’ll start it (tomorrow). (‫)ﻣﻦ‬)‫ﺑﺔﻳﺎﱐ‬(‫ﺩﺓﺳﺖ‬‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬‫ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡ‬.
With ‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬ Suffix I clean (the room). (‫)ﻣﻦ‬)‫ﺫﻭﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔ‬(‫ﺛﺎﻙ‬‫ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻣﺔﻭﺓ‬.
TRANSITIVE VERB WITH OBJECT
NOUN OBJECT
NO PREPOSITION
In Kurdish the word order is Subject – Object – Verb. Following the rule, the noun object
comes after the subject (if exists) and before the verb.
I see(‫ﻳﻨﻨﲔ‬) Ashty. .‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﺷﱵ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬
He makes(‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻭﺳﺖ‬) a nice desk. .‫ﺩﺓﻛﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻭﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺵ‬ ‫ﻜﻲ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺰ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬
Danielle studies(‫ﻨﺪﻥ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺧﻮ‬) Kurdish. .‫ﲏ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎ‬
WITH PREPOSITION
If the verb conglomerate includes a preposition, the noun object comes after the
preposition.
I listen to )‫ﻃﺮﺗﻦ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬( music. .‫ﺩﺓﻃﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻘﺎ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬
She start with )‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺳﺖ‬( the work. .‫ﺩﺓﻛﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﺓﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺳﺖ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
43
PRONOUN OBJECT
NO PREPOSITION
The pronoun object can be indicated in two different forms:
1) The Independent Pronoun form (e.g. ,‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬,‫ﻣﻦ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬‫ﻤ‬‫ﺔ‬ )
2) The Bound Pronoun form (e.g. ‫ﺕ‬,,‫ﻡ‬‫ﻣﺎﻥ‬ ).
1) The Independent Pronoun Object behaves the same as the noun object.
Formation Rule
[Subjective BP][Present Stem]‫ﺩﺓ‬ Independent Object
to see (‫ﺑﻴﻨﲔ‬) ‫ﺖ‬‫ﻳ‬ + ‫ﺑﲔ‬ + ‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﺷﱵ‬ ; (Ashty sees them)
2) The Bound Pronoun Object is inserted in between the modal prefix(‫ﺩﺓ‬) and the
present stem of the verb.
※ In the present tense, Bound Pronouns Set II (page 17; same as the
possessive pronouns) is used for their objective suffixes.
Objective Bound Pronoun
Singular Plural
1st
person
‫ﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻥ‬
2nd
person
‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻥ‬
3rd
person
‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻥ‬
Formation Rule
[Subjective BP][Present Stem][BP Object]‫ﺩﺓ‬
v. to see (‫ﺑﻴﻨﲔ‬) ‫ﺖ‬‫ﻳ‬ + ‫ﺑﲔ‬ + ‫ﺩﺓﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﺷﱵ‬ ; (Ashty sees them)
SUMMARY
Noun Object I see(‫ﻳﻨﻨﲔ‬) Ashty. .‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﺷﱵ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬
Independent Pronoun Object I see(‫ﻳﻨﻨﲔ‬) her. .‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬
Bound Pronoun Object I see(‫ﻳﻨﻨﲔ‬) her. .‫ﺩﺓﻳﺒﻴﻨﻢ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar
KurdishGrammar

More Related Content

What's hot

Turkish culture
Turkish culture Turkish culture
Turkish culture metin1453
 
Varieties of English pdf
Varieties of English pdfVarieties of English pdf
Varieties of English pdfDiego ElCretino
 
Language comparison powerpoint
Language comparison powerpointLanguage comparison powerpoint
Language comparison powerpointDamian Michaels
 
Week 2 unit 3 & 4 - language maintenance and shift - linguistic varieties an...
Week 2  unit 3 & 4 - language maintenance and shift - linguistic varieties an...Week 2  unit 3 & 4 - language maintenance and shift - linguistic varieties an...
Week 2 unit 3 & 4 - language maintenance and shift - linguistic varieties an...Mar Iam
 
Turkish Cuisine/ Turkish Foods
Turkish Cuisine/ Turkish FoodsTurkish Cuisine/ Turkish Foods
Turkish Cuisine/ Turkish Foodscircewine
 
Morphological typology
Morphological typologyMorphological typology
Morphological typologypenipenny
 
TURKISH DERIVATIONAL MORPHEMES and THEIR ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS
TURKISH DERIVATIONAL MORPHEMES and THEIR ENGLISH EQUIVALENTSTURKISH DERIVATIONAL MORPHEMES and THEIR ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS
TURKISH DERIVATIONAL MORPHEMES and THEIR ENGLISH EQUIVALENTSOur Sad Loss, 1930-2018
 
Stylistic Classification of English Vocabulary
Stylistic Classification of English VocabularyStylistic Classification of English Vocabulary
Stylistic Classification of English VocabularyIrina K
 
Turkey culture
Turkey cultureTurkey culture
Turkey culturezvanagas
 
Phonetic transcription
Phonetic transcriptionPhonetic transcription
Phonetic transcriptionmarijach1983
 
Understanding ISO 18841 Interpretation Standard | Ensuring Quality and Accura...
Understanding ISO 18841 Interpretation Standard | Ensuring Quality and Accura...Understanding ISO 18841 Interpretation Standard | Ensuring Quality and Accura...
Understanding ISO 18841 Interpretation Standard | Ensuring Quality and Accura...globibo
 
WORDS AS "BUNDLES" OF MEANING
 WORDS AS "BUNDLES" OF MEANING WORDS AS "BUNDLES" OF MEANING
WORDS AS "BUNDLES" OF MEANINGMa Lovely
 
presentation of Turkey
presentation of Turkeypresentation of Turkey
presentation of Turkeysimka1969
 
Affixation, compounding, multi - word verbs
Affixation, compounding,   multi - word verbs Affixation, compounding,   multi - word verbs
Affixation, compounding, multi - word verbs Mark Bouwens
 

What's hot (20)

Turkish culture
Turkish culture Turkish culture
Turkish culture
 
Turkey Ppt
Turkey PptTurkey Ppt
Turkey Ppt
 
Varieties of English pdf
Varieties of English pdfVarieties of English pdf
Varieties of English pdf
 
The Culture of Turkey
The Culture of TurkeyThe Culture of Turkey
The Culture of Turkey
 
Language comparison powerpoint
Language comparison powerpointLanguage comparison powerpoint
Language comparison powerpoint
 
Week 2 unit 3 & 4 - language maintenance and shift - linguistic varieties an...
Week 2  unit 3 & 4 - language maintenance and shift - linguistic varieties an...Week 2  unit 3 & 4 - language maintenance and shift - linguistic varieties an...
Week 2 unit 3 & 4 - language maintenance and shift - linguistic varieties an...
 
Turkey
TurkeyTurkey
Turkey
 
Turkish Cuisine/ Turkish Foods
Turkish Cuisine/ Turkish FoodsTurkish Cuisine/ Turkish Foods
Turkish Cuisine/ Turkish Foods
 
Morphological typology
Morphological typologyMorphological typology
Morphological typology
 
TURKISH DERIVATIONAL MORPHEMES and THEIR ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS
TURKISH DERIVATIONAL MORPHEMES and THEIR ENGLISH EQUIVALENTSTURKISH DERIVATIONAL MORPHEMES and THEIR ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS
TURKISH DERIVATIONAL MORPHEMES and THEIR ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS
 
Varieties of english
Varieties of englishVarieties of english
Varieties of english
 
Stylistic Classification of English Vocabulary
Stylistic Classification of English VocabularyStylistic Classification of English Vocabulary
Stylistic Classification of English Vocabulary
 
Turkey culture
Turkey cultureTurkey culture
Turkey culture
 
Phonetic transcription
Phonetic transcriptionPhonetic transcription
Phonetic transcription
 
Turkish cuisine
Turkish cuisineTurkish cuisine
Turkish cuisine
 
Understanding ISO 18841 Interpretation Standard | Ensuring Quality and Accura...
Understanding ISO 18841 Interpretation Standard | Ensuring Quality and Accura...Understanding ISO 18841 Interpretation Standard | Ensuring Quality and Accura...
Understanding ISO 18841 Interpretation Standard | Ensuring Quality and Accura...
 
WORDS AS "BUNDLES" OF MEANING
 WORDS AS "BUNDLES" OF MEANING WORDS AS "BUNDLES" OF MEANING
WORDS AS "BUNDLES" OF MEANING
 
presentation of Turkey
presentation of Turkeypresentation of Turkey
presentation of Turkey
 
Turkey
TurkeyTurkey
Turkey
 
Affixation, compounding, multi - word verbs
Affixation, compounding,   multi - word verbs Affixation, compounding,   multi - word verbs
Affixation, compounding, multi - word verbs
 

Viewers also liked

CURRICULUM VITAE - Hawar Ismael Mustafa - Jan 2015
CURRICULUM VITAE - Hawar Ismael Mustafa - Jan 2015CURRICULUM VITAE - Hawar Ismael Mustafa - Jan 2015
CURRICULUM VITAE - Hawar Ismael Mustafa - Jan 2015Hawar Mustafa
 
hani kurdi c.v
hani kurdi c.vhani kurdi c.v
hani kurdi c.vhani kurdi
 
C.V Ahmad M.Hassan
C.V Ahmad M.HassanC.V Ahmad M.Hassan
C.V Ahmad M.HassanAhmad Zandy
 

Viewers also liked (6)

CURRICULUM VITAE - Hawar Ismael Mustafa - Jan 2015
CURRICULUM VITAE - Hawar Ismael Mustafa - Jan 2015CURRICULUM VITAE - Hawar Ismael Mustafa - Jan 2015
CURRICULUM VITAE - Hawar Ismael Mustafa - Jan 2015
 
Snwr Cv
Snwr CvSnwr Cv
Snwr Cv
 
hani kurdi c.v
hani kurdi c.vhani kurdi c.v
hani kurdi c.v
 
C.V Ahmad M.Hassan
C.V Ahmad M.HassanC.V Ahmad M.Hassan
C.V Ahmad M.Hassan
 
English
English English
English
 
Ahmed Miziry's CV
Ahmed Miziry's CVAhmed Miziry's CV
Ahmed Miziry's CV
 

Similar to KurdishGrammar

Gender system in urdu language
Gender system in urdu languageGender system in urdu language
Gender system in urdu languageMaqsood Ahmad
 
Complete Arabic Grammar 2nd Ed
Complete Arabic Grammar 2nd EdComplete Arabic Grammar 2nd Ed
Complete Arabic Grammar 2nd EdJack L. Kules, PhD
 
Fundamentals of classical_arabic
Fundamentals of classical_arabicFundamentals of classical_arabic
Fundamentals of classical_arabicMOHAMED ALI
 
IS HAZARAGI A SEPARATE LANGUAGE? © 2021 John Gulzari
IS HAZARAGI  A SEPARATE LANGUAGE? © 2021 John Gulzari IS HAZARAGI  A SEPARATE LANGUAGE? © 2021 John Gulzari
IS HAZARAGI A SEPARATE LANGUAGE? © 2021 John Gulzari John Gulzari
 
Persian print version wikibooks, open books for an open world
Persian print version   wikibooks, open books for an open worldPersian print version   wikibooks, open books for an open world
Persian print version wikibooks, open books for an open worldMuhammad Nabeel Musharraf
 
hope journal_lexical borrowing
hope journal_lexical borrowinghope journal_lexical borrowing
hope journal_lexical borrowingIntakhab Alam Khan
 
A deep rooted journey signed
A deep rooted journey signedA deep rooted journey signed
A deep rooted journey signedPRABIR DATTA
 
Hassan ibn Thabit: An Original Arabic Tongue (2) حسان بن ثابت: لسان عربي أصيل
Hassan ibn Thabit: An Original Arabic Tongue (2) حسان بن ثابت: لسان عربي أصيل Hassan ibn Thabit: An Original Arabic Tongue (2) حسان بن ثابت: لسان عربي أصيل
Hassan ibn Thabit: An Original Arabic Tongue (2) حسان بن ثابت: لسان عربي أصيل Al Baha University
 
Arabic level-0-class-1
Arabic level-0-class-1Arabic level-0-class-1
Arabic level-0-class-1Mohammad Ali
 
L1 influence on l2 reading (ak)
L1 influence on l2 reading (ak)L1 influence on l2 reading (ak)
L1 influence on l2 reading (ak)AnneKavanaghCELE
 
Mua'llagat Zohayr ibn Abi Solma: Elegant Piece of Arabic Poetry (1) - معلقة ز...
Mua'llagat Zohayr ibn Abi Solma: Elegant Piece of Arabic Poetry (1) - معلقة ز...Mua'llagat Zohayr ibn Abi Solma: Elegant Piece of Arabic Poetry (1) - معلقة ز...
Mua'llagat Zohayr ibn Abi Solma: Elegant Piece of Arabic Poetry (1) - معلقة ز...Al Baha University
 
Produce One Chapter Like It.pdf
Produce One Chapter Like It.pdfProduce One Chapter Like It.pdf
Produce One Chapter Like It.pdfccccccccdddddd
 
Getting started in_ladakhi(2)
Getting started in_ladakhi(2)Getting started in_ladakhi(2)
Getting started in_ladakhi(2)Mumbaikar Le
 

Similar to KurdishGrammar (20)

Urdu language
Urdu languageUrdu language
Urdu language
 
Gender system in urdu language
Gender system in urdu languageGender system in urdu language
Gender system in urdu language
 
Let's speak Urdu.docx
Let's speak Urdu.docxLet's speak Urdu.docx
Let's speak Urdu.docx
 
Let's Speak Urdu.docx
Let's Speak Urdu.docxLet's Speak Urdu.docx
Let's Speak Urdu.docx
 
Complete Arabic Grammar 2nd Ed
Complete Arabic Grammar 2nd EdComplete Arabic Grammar 2nd Ed
Complete Arabic Grammar 2nd Ed
 
Fundamentals of classical_arabic
Fundamentals of classical_arabicFundamentals of classical_arabic
Fundamentals of classical_arabic
 
IS HAZARAGI A SEPARATE LANGUAGE? © 2021 John Gulzari
IS HAZARAGI  A SEPARATE LANGUAGE? © 2021 John Gulzari IS HAZARAGI  A SEPARATE LANGUAGE? © 2021 John Gulzari
IS HAZARAGI A SEPARATE LANGUAGE? © 2021 John Gulzari
 
Arabic alphabets
Arabic alphabetsArabic alphabets
Arabic alphabets
 
Persian print version wikibooks, open books for an open world
Persian print version   wikibooks, open books for an open worldPersian print version   wikibooks, open books for an open world
Persian print version wikibooks, open books for an open world
 
Easy Arabic
Easy ArabicEasy Arabic
Easy Arabic
 
hope journal_lexical borrowing
hope journal_lexical borrowinghope journal_lexical borrowing
hope journal_lexical borrowing
 
Stylistic lexicology
Stylistic lexicologyStylistic lexicology
Stylistic lexicology
 
A deep rooted journey signed
A deep rooted journey signedA deep rooted journey signed
A deep rooted journey signed
 
Hassan ibn Thabit: An Original Arabic Tongue (2) حسان بن ثابت: لسان عربي أصيل
Hassan ibn Thabit: An Original Arabic Tongue (2) حسان بن ثابت: لسان عربي أصيل Hassan ibn Thabit: An Original Arabic Tongue (2) حسان بن ثابت: لسان عربي أصيل
Hassan ibn Thabit: An Original Arabic Tongue (2) حسان بن ثابت: لسان عربي أصيل
 
Arabic level-0-class-1
Arabic level-0-class-1Arabic level-0-class-1
Arabic level-0-class-1
 
L1 influence on l2 reading (ak)
L1 influence on l2 reading (ak)L1 influence on l2 reading (ak)
L1 influence on l2 reading (ak)
 
Mua'llagat Zohayr ibn Abi Solma: Elegant Piece of Arabic Poetry (1) - معلقة ز...
Mua'llagat Zohayr ibn Abi Solma: Elegant Piece of Arabic Poetry (1) - معلقة ز...Mua'llagat Zohayr ibn Abi Solma: Elegant Piece of Arabic Poetry (1) - معلقة ز...
Mua'llagat Zohayr ibn Abi Solma: Elegant Piece of Arabic Poetry (1) - معلقة ز...
 
Stress Patterns in Persian and English
Stress Patterns in Persian and EnglishStress Patterns in Persian and English
Stress Patterns in Persian and English
 
Produce One Chapter Like It.pdf
Produce One Chapter Like It.pdfProduce One Chapter Like It.pdf
Produce One Chapter Like It.pdf
 
Getting started in_ladakhi(2)
Getting started in_ladakhi(2)Getting started in_ladakhi(2)
Getting started in_ladakhi(2)
 

KurdishGrammar

  • 1. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar ‫ﱯ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺰﻣﺎﱐ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ A self-study reference and practice book Danielle H. Kim
  • 2. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
  • 3. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar FREE DOWNLOAD You can download the soft copy of this book from the CLIK (Culture and Language Institute of Kurdi and Kori) website: http://www.clik2rock.org ANY QUESTIONS OR COMMENTS? Send me an email at danielle@clik2rock.org
  • 4. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar Contents Title Page Number Chapter 1. Kurdish Alphabet The Alphabet - Consonants - Simple Vowels - Complex Vowels) Reading Exercise ------------------------------------------------ 1 Chapter 2. Grammatical Units The Parts of Speech The Parts of the Sentence Traits of Kurdish ------------------------------------------------ 7 Chapter 3. The Noun Phrase Noun Suffixes - The Absolute State - The Indefinitive State - The Definitive State Demonstratives Personal Pronouns - Independent Pronoun - Bound Pronoun Izafe Possessives Enclitic – ish ------------------------------------------------ 12 Chapter 4. Linking Verbs Mostly equivalent to ‘to be’ in English Negative Statements Sentences With Linking Verbs Exercises ------------------------------------------------ 23 Chapter 5. Questions Making Questions - Yes/No Questions - Using Question Words - Sample Questions ------------------------------------------------ 26 Chapter 6. Adjectives Comparative and Superlative Adjectives Formation of Noun, Adjective and Adverb Sentence Order ------------------------------------------------ 27 Chapter 7. Prepositions – Part I Introduction to Prepositions Preposition & Postposition Adverbial Phrases ------------------------------------------------ 31
  • 5. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar Chapter 8. Verb Types Intransitive & Transitive Simple, Complex, Compound Summary ------------------------------------------------ 34 Chapter 9. Tenses Finding Stem & Root for Verb Conjugation Present and Future Imperatives (Commands) Past Tense - Simple Past - Past Continuous/Habitual - Present Perfect - Past Perfect ------------------------------------------------ 37 Chapter 10. Irregular Verbs ‫ﻫﺔﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺩ‬ ,‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ,‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺣﺔﺯ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺴﱳ‬ ‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﻳﺴﱳ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺴﱳ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ Special Compound Verbs ------------------------------------------------ 61 Chapter 11. Passives Formation Irregular Passives Factitive Verbs ------------------------------------------------ 66 Chapter 12. Prepositions – Part II Time Place Way, Method Position Prepositions Idioms Other Postfixes ------------------------------------------------ 69 Chapter 13. Subjunctives The Present Sujunctive The Past Subjunctive How To Use The Subjunctive - Simple Sentence - The Irrealis Mood - Conditional Sentence – Type I - Conditional Sentence – Type II - Conditional Sentence – Type III - Common Modal Verbs & Adjectives ------------------------------------------------ 76 Chapter 14. Conjunctioins Co-ordinate Conjunctions Conjunctive Adverbs Relative Pronoun Subordinate Conjunctons ------------------------------------------------ 87
  • 6. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar PREFACE Kurdish belongs to the Western Iranian group of the Indo-Iranian branch of the Indo- European family. The two principal branches of modern literary Kurdish are (1) Kurmanji, the language of the vast majority of Kurds in Turkey, Syria, Armenia, and Azerbaijan with an estimated 15-17 million speakers, and (2) Sorani, the language of most Kurds in Iraq (5 million speakers) and Iran (5-6 million speakers). Iraqi Kurdistan, essentially unrepresented and repressed by previous Iraqi governments, is emerging as a major force in post-Saddam Iraq. As the rest of Iraq has plunged into a downward spiral, Kurdistan has enjoyed relative political stability and suffered limited violence, in part owing to a sectarian and political homogeneity lacking elsewhere in the country. The Kurdish region has enjoyed de facto autonomy since 1991, when the American military established a no-flight zone there, a status formalized by the new Iraqi Constitution. Sorani has been the second official language of Iraq since the creation of the country after World War I and has been the working language of the Kurdistan Regional Government (KRG), schools and the media of Iraqi Kurdistan. Sorani is also the most studied and best- known Kurdish language among all its dialects. The interest and demand for learning Sorani has never been so significant, as more international businessmen and workers come to this new world and find opportunities. This book is written to help anyone who is interested in studying Sorani. No prior knowledge is necessary to start studying this book. While I tried to avoid exceedingly advanced grammar or too many details, I also tried to put together most fundamental grammar rules for devoted learners. As a Sorani beginner, I struggled to find a well-explained grammar book when I first came to Hawler. The single biggest beneficiary of this book should be myself since I learned the most as I gathered information and wrote this book J, and I’d be just glad if this book can also help somebody out there, struggling to grasp the language. Sorani is a beautiful language. I hope all my readers enjoy studying Sorani as much as I did. May 25, 2010 Danielle H. Kim In Hawler, Iraqi Kurdistan
  • 7. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This book wouldn’t have been possible without the help and encouragement of following people: All of my dear friends and language teachers who kindly answered my bugging questions.: Ahmed, Akar, Araz, Arazoo, Ashty, Azady, Bahara, Bakhtiyar, Dosty, Dr. Hewa, Hadia, Hasan, Hawre, Hazha, Huda, Lulav, Kak Namk, Kak Smko, Kayhan, Khabat, Media, Naz, Nazira, Nina, Parwin, Rezan, Roopak, Rozha, Shahla, Snoor, Soma, Suheila, Sumeiya, Taban, Taha, Tahr and Zhian. Sangar, for your thorough knowledge in Kurdish and for reviewing this book. Jeanne, for your careful editing. Team Jubilee, for your loving support and prayer. The Ministry of Culture of KRG, for publishing this book. Finally and most importantly, my Lord, God, for providing me persistent interest & love in studyng Kurdish, and strength & wisdom that I needed to finish this book. Thank you for calling me to Kurdistan.
  • 8. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar REFERENCES The following books were consulted throughout the process of writing this book: MOST THOROUGHLY STUDIED Thackston, W.M. Sorani Kurdish, A Reference Grammar with Selected Readings Iranian Studies at Harvard University. http://www.fas.harvard.edu/~iranian/Sorani/index.html OTHER REFERENCES Rempel, Chérie Exercises in Sorani Grammar Kurdish Language & Culture Institute, 2003 Qaradaghy, Aram Kurdish Phrase-Book Sulemaniya, 2002 Qazzaz, Shafiq The Sharezoor Kurdish-English Dictionary Aras Press and Publishers Erbil, 2000 Salah, Mohamad S. Sana for Learning Arabic-Kurdish-English 2009 Ali, Ihasan JAF English-Kurdish Dictionary 2009 sanjaf@gmail.com Mohammad, Shirwan Oxford Photo Dictionary English-Kurdish 2008 Nawkhosh, Salam Oxford Dictionary Kurdish-English Sulemaniya, 2002
  • 9. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar Kurdish is a beautiful language.
  • 10. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 1 1. KURDISH ALPHABET THE ALPHABET Arabic Character Shape Changes Latin Equivalent Phonetic Pronounciation Examples Consonants 1 ‫ﺀ‬ N/A ‘Hamze’ is not treated as a separate letter of the alphabet. It always occurs in conjunction with a vowel. ,‫ﻮﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ ,‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﻳﺎ‬ 2 ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﺐ‬ B B as in Bed ‫ﺑﺎ‬ 3 ‫ﺙ‬ ‫ﺛﺜﺚ‬ P P as in Pen ‫ﺛﻴﺎﻭ‬ 4 ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﺖ‬ T T as in Test ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺗﺎ‬ 5 ‫ﺝ‬ ‫ﺟﺠﺞ‬ C J as in James, Joe ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬ 6 ‫ﺽ‬ ‫ﺿﻀﺾ‬ Ç CH as in Chair ‫ﺿﺮﺍ‬ 7 ‫ﺡ‬ ‫ﺣﺤﺢ‬ H This consonant is pronounced with a strong expulsion of air from the chest. It is similar to the sound you make when you fog a mirror with your breath (hah). There is an increasing tendency in modern Kurdish to substitute ‫ﻩ‬(H) for ‫ﺡ‬(H).1) ‫ﺣﺔﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺟﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﺔﺳﺔﻥ‬ 8 ‫ﺥ‬ ‫ﺧﺨﺦ‬ X A voiceless velar fricative consonant 1) CH as in German Bach ‫ﺮﺍ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺧ‬ 9 ‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﻣﺪﻳﺪ‬ D D as in Dad 2) ‫ﺩﺍﺭ‬ 10 ‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ‬‫ﺑ‬‫ﺮﺭ‬ R R as in brain 3) ‫ﺳﺔﺭ‬ 11 ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ﻳ‬ R Trilled R. 3) No equivalent in English. Like rr in Spanish ‫ﻄﺎ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ 12 ‫ﺯ‬ ‫ﺯﺑﺰﺯ‬ Z Z as in Zero ‫ﺯﺓﻧﻂ‬
  • 11. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 2 13 ‫ﺫ‬ ‫ﺫﺫﺫ‬ J Equivalent to French J as in pleasure and measure ‫ﺫﻥ‬ 14 ‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺳﺴﺲ‬ S S as in Sea ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺳﺎ‬ 15 ‫ﺵ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﺶ‬ Ş SH as in Ship ‫ﺷﺎﺭ‬ 16 ‫ﻉ‬ ‫ﻋﻌﻊ‬ AH A voiced velar fricative No equivalent in English 1) ‫ﻋﺎﺭﺓﻕ‬, ‫ﻋﻴﺴﺎ‬ 17 ‫ﻍ‬ ‫ﻏﻐﻎ‬ GH A voiced velar fricative No equivalent in English 1) ‫ﻐﺔﻣﺒﺔﺭ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ 18 ‫ﻑ‬ ‫ﻓﻔﻒ‬ F F as in Feel ‫ﺷﱳ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﻓﺮ‬ 19 ‫ﻅ‬ ‫ﻇﻈﻆ‬ V V as in Victory ‫ﻇﻴﺎﻥ‬ 20 ‫ﻕ‬ ‫ﻗﻘﻖ‬ Q Q as in Iraq 1) (local pronunciation) A voiceless uvular stop ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻻ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬ 21 ‫ك‬  K K as in Key ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩ‬ 22 ‫ﻁ‬ ‫ﻃﻄﻂ‬ G G as in Girl, gas ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬ 23 ‫ﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻞ‬ L L as in Lot, Lost ‫ﻟﻮﻭﺕ‬ 24 ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻞ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻠ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬ Ł Like the dull ‘L’ of English as in all, college ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺩ‬ 25 ‫ﻡ‬ ‫ﳑﻢ‬ M M as in Me ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻣﺎ‬ 26 ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻨﻦ‬ N N as in Not ‫ﻧﺎﻭ‬ 27 ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻭ‬‫ﺑ‬‫ﻮﻭ‬ W W as in Wear, tower 4) ‫ﻭﻳﺴﱳ‬ 28 ‫ﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﻬﻪ‬ H H as in Hot, Handsome ‫ﻲ‬‫ﻫﺔﺭﻣ‬ 29 ‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﻳ‬‫ﻴﻲ‬ Y Y as in Yard, play 4) ‫ﻳﺔﻙ‬ ※ Vowels are continued in the next page.
  • 12. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 3 ٍSimple Vowels 0 N/A N/A I UE as in dialogue, fatigue Also, consider the vowel sound made in “good”, “fallen” or “handle” 5) ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‬ [bı-rın-jı] 1 ‫ﺍ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﺍﺍ‬ A A long vowel as in market, arm ‫ﺋﺎﻭ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﲰﺎﻥ‬ 2 ‫ﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﺓ‬ E A short vowel as in 1) hot (in most cases) 2) ugly, but (e.g. ‫ﻭﺓﻛ‬‫ﻮ‬ ) 3) guess (e.g. ‫ﻃ‬‫ﺔﱎ‬ ) 6) ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ 3 ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺋ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻭ‬ U U as in Put, Pull ‫ﺋﻮﺗﻮﻭ‬ 4 ‫ﻭﻭ‬ ‫ﺋ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬‫ﻮ‬ Ũ OO as in boot ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ 5 ‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﻴﻲ‬ Î EE as in feet, tree ‫ﻣﻴﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺋﻴﻨﻄﻠﻴﺰ‬ 6 ‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ Ê E as in End, hen ‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺑ‬ 7 ‫ﺅ‬ ‫ﺋ‬‫ﺆﺅﺅ‬ O O as in poke, token ‫ﻞ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣﺒ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺋ‬ ٍComplex Vowels 1 ‫ﺋﺔﻱ‬ AY AY as in May, Way ‫ﻛﺔﻱ‬ 2 ‫ﻮ‬‫ﻳ‬ YO YO as in Yogurt ‫ﺣﺔﻧﻨﺎ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻳ‬ 3 ‫ﺋﻮ‬ YU YU as in You; UE as in que ‫ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‬ 4 ‫ﻳﺔ‬ YA / YE 1) if in ending or before vowel, YA as in Yahoo 2) if before consonant, YE as in Yes ‫ﻫﺔﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺔﻙ‬ 5 ‫ﻭﺍ‬ WA WA as in Washington ‫ﻭﺍﺑﺰﺍﱎ‬ 6 ‫ﻭﺓ‬ WE WA as in War, Wash ‫ﻣﻴﻮﺓ‬ 7 ‫ﻭﻱ‬ WI WI as in We, Wii ‫ﺩﺓﻭﻳﺴﺖ‬ 8 ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻭ‬ WÊ WE as in Weapon ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺩﺓﻣﺔﻭ‬
  • 13. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 4 Note: 1) “‫ﺡ‬”, “‫ﺥ‬”, “‫ﻕ‬”, “‫ﻉ‬” and “‫ﻍ‬” sounds don’t exist in English. Even peculiar Kurdish words don’t include “‫ﺡ‬”, “‫ﻕ‬”, “‫ﻉ‬” and “‫ﻍ‬”. However, since there are many Arabic words mixed in the everyday Kurdish language, these letters and sounds need to be familiarized. 2) In some parts of Kurdistan (e.g. Suli, Kirkuk) the letter D is often softened to the point of being inaudible. The most prominent example of this case is the present modal prefix “‫ﺩﺓ‬”. ‫ﺩﺓﺿﻢ‬ (Standard) = ‫ﺋﺔﺿﻢ‬ (Sulemaniya Dialect) ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ (Standard) = ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺳﺘﺎﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ (Sulemaniya Dialect) 3) In Kurdish, no words begin with “‫ﺭ‬”, all initial Rs are trilled “‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬”. Though the “٧” sign (to signify trilled R) is rarely marked when “‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬” comes as an initial letter, the initial Rs always mean “‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬”. ‫ﺷﻨﺒﲑﻱ‬‫ﻭ‬ِ‫ﺭ‬ = ‫ﺷﻨﺒﲑﻱ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺭ‬ | ‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ = ‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺭ‬ 4) In Kurdish, “‫ﻭ‬” (w & u) and “‫ﻱ‬” (y & i) can be treated as either a noun or a vowel. Vowel “‫ﻭ‬” Consonant “‫ﻭ‬” Vowel “‫ﻱ‬” Consonant “‫ﻱ‬” ‫ﺋﻮ‬‫ﺗﻮﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺴﱳ‬ ‫ﺋﻴﻨﻄﻠﻴﺰﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺳﺎ‬ u-too wi-steun een-glee-zi ya-sa n. iron v. to want n. English n. law 5) This is the only vowel not indicated in the Kurdish writing system. a. When there are two consecutive consonants, this vowel is used. b. ًWhen a consonant is alone or placed at the end without any adjacent vowel, this vowel is recognized. Alone ‫ﺙ‬ [pue] With Vowel ‫ﺛﻲ‬ [pee] Consonant Ending ‫ﻃﺮﻧﻂ‬ [geu-reun-gue] Vowel Ending ‫ﻃﺮﻧﻄ‬‫ﺔ‬ [geu-reun-ga] Consecutive Consonants ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‬ [beu-reun-jue] Mixed with Vowels ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍ‬ [ba-za-rrue] Consonant Ending ‫ﻓﺔﺭﻫﺔﻧﻂ‬ [fe-reu-hen-gue] Consonant Ending W/ Preceding Vowel ‫ﻧ‬‫ﻙ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻴﻨ‬ [nee-nok]
  • 14. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 5 6) In general, Kurdish letters are pronounced as written. This “‫ﺓ‬” vowel, however, can have different sounds in certain cases. In general Short “a” sound ‫ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎ‬ [ge-u-re] [de-reu-ga] “ə” sound ‫ﻭﺓﻛﻮ‬ [wə-ku] “ê” sound ‫ﻃ‬‫ﺔﱎ‬ ‫ﻃﺔﺭﻡ‬ [gê-neum] [gê-reum] 7) When “‫ﺍ‬”, “‫ﺓ‬”, “‫ﻭ‬” and “‫ﻱ‬” become the initial letter of a word, the Hamze ”‫ﺀ‬” is necessary. Beginning Middle or End ‫ﺍ‬ ‫ﺋﺎ‬‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺍ‬ ,‫ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔ‬‫ﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ ,‫ﻭﺓﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺋ‬‫ﻞ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺙ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬‫ﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ,‫ﻢ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩ‬ When “‫ﻭ‬” and “‫ﻱ‬” are the initial letter of a word as a vowel, they are also written with the Hamze ”‫ﺀ‬”. As consonant As vowel ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻨﺔ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺋﻮ‬‫ﺗﻮﻭ‬ ‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺋﻴ‬‫ﻨﻄﻠﻴﺰﻱ‬
  • 15. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 6 READING EXERCISE English Meaning Kurdish Pronunciation eye ‫ﺿﺎﻭ‬ cha-.u fruit ‫ﻣﻴﻮﺓ‬ mee.we carrot ‫ﺰﺓﺭ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻃ‬ gê.ze.reu almond ‫ﺑﺎﺩﺓﻡ‬ ba-.dem ear ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬ gyu.ê health ‫ﺗﺔﻧﺪ‬‫ﺭﻭﺳﱵ‬ ten.dru.stee genius ‫ﺑﻠﻴﻤﺔﺕ‬ bıl.ee.met comfortable ‫ﺋﺎﺳﻮﻭﺩﺓ‬ a-.soo.de doctor ‫ﺛﺰﻳﺸﻚ‬ pı.zee.shık nice ‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ xo.shı / kho.shı dangerous ‫ﺗﺮﺳﻨﺎﻙ‬ tı.rı.sı.na-k salty ‫َﺮﺓ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺳﻮ‬ su.ê.re sleep ‫ﺧﺔﻭﺗﻦ‬ xe.u.tın / khe.u.tın never ‫ﻫﺔﺭﻃﻴﺰ‬ he.rı.gee.zı miracle ‫ﻣﻮﻋﺠﻴﺰﺓ‬ mu.ahı.jee.ze prophet ‫ﻐﺔﻣﺒﺔﺭ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ pe.ghem.be.rı English Meaning Kurdish Pronunciation an egg ‫ﻠﻜﺔﻳﺔﻙ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻫ‬ hêl.ke.yêk a book ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺒ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ kı.tê.bêk the book ‫ﺒﺔﻛﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ kı.tê.be.ke the egg on the table ‫ﺰﺓﻛﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻟﺔﺳﺔﺭ‬ ‫ﻠﻜﺔﻛﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻫ‬ hêl.ke.ke le.se.rı.mê.ze.ke a good day ‫ﺑﺎﺵ‬ ‫ﻜﻲ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ı.sh-.kee.baêo.zhr Tell me. ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺑﻠ‬ ‫ﻢ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬. pêm.bı.lê Listen to me. ‫ﺑﻄﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﻢ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬. gyu.êm.lê.bı.gı.re I’m going to bazaar. ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺿﻢ‬. ır.-.za-m.bo.baıde.ch When do you come back? ‫ﻴﺘﺔﻭﺓ؟‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﺔﻱ‬ .ee.te.we?êrkay.de.ge.
  • 16. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 7 2. GRAMMATICAL UNITS THE PARTS OF SPEECH Traditional grammar classifies words based on eight parts of speech: the verb(‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬), the noun(‫ﻧﺎﻭ‬), the pronoun( ‫ﻴ‬‫ﺟ‬‫ﻨﺎﻭ‬ ), the adjective( ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺋﺎﻭﺓ‬‫ﻨﺎﻭ‬ ), the adverb(‫ﹶﻔﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺋﺎﻭﺓ‬), the preposition(‫ﺪﺓﻭﺍﺫﺓﻛﺎﻥ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺯ‬), the conjunction(‫ﱵ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻳﺔﻛ‬), and the interjection (‫ﹶﺪﺍﻥ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺴﺔﻫﺔ‬). Verb (‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬): Verbs expresses existence, action, or occurrence. ‫ﻛﺔﻭﺗﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺔﺭ‬ to climb, ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬ to eat, ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻙ‬ to clean, ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ to be Noun (‫ﻧﺎﻭ‬): Nouns are words that name people, places or things. ‫ﻞ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋﺆﺗﺆﻣﺒ‬ car, ‫ﹶﺕ‬‫ﻻ‬‫ﻭ‬ country, ‫ﺫﻥ‬ wife, ‫ﻛﺎﺕ‬ hour Pronoun ( ‫ﻴ‬‫ﺟ‬‫ﻨﺎﻭ‬ ): Pronouns substitutes for nouns or noun phrases and designates persons or things asked for, previously specified, or understood from the context. ‫ﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ we, ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ you, ‫ﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ myself Adjective ( ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺋﺎﻭﺓ‬‫ﻨﺎﻭ‬ ): Adjectives modify nouns. ‫ﺑﺎ‬‫ﺵ‬ good, ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ‬ smart, ‫ﺳ‬‫ﺎﺭﺩ‬ cold, ‫ﺮﺍ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺧ‬ quick Adverb (‫ﹶﻔﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺋﺎﻭﺓ‬): Adverbs modify verb and adjectives. ‫ﺮ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬‫ﺍ‬‫ﻳﻲ‬ quickly, ‫ﻫﺔﻣﻴﺸﺔ‬ always, ‫ﻧﺰﻳﻜﺔﻳﻲ‬ approximately Preposition (‫ﺪﺓﻭﺍﺫﺓﻛﺎﻥ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺯ‬): A word or phrase placed typically before a substantive and indicating the relation of that substantive to a verb, an adjective, or another substantive, as English at, by, with, from, and in regard to. ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ to, ‫ﻟﺔ‬ in/at, ‫ﺑﺔ‬ by/with, ‫ﻟﺔ‬‫ﺳﺔﺭ‬ on Determiner: The functional category that is most closely associated with nouns. ‫ﺓﻛﺔ‬ the, ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬ a/an, ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻫﺔﻧﺪ‬ some, ‫ﻨﺞ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺿﻞ‬ forty-five Conjunction (‫ﱵ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻳﺔﻛ‬): Conjunction serves to connect words, phrases, clauses, or sentences. ‫ﻭ‬ and, ‫ﹶﻡ‬‫ﻻ‬‫ﺑﺔ‬ but, ‫ﻳﺔ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ therefore Interjection (‫ﹶﺪﺍﻥ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺴﺔﻫﺔ‬): Interjection usually expresses emotion and is capable of standing alone. ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺋ‬ oh, ‫ﺑﺔﺧﻮﺍ‬ really?, ‫ﹶﻼ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻳﺔ‬ come on!
  • 17. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 8 THE PARTS OF THE SENTENCE The parts of the sentence are a set of terms for describing how people construct sentences from smaller pieces. There is not a direct correspondence between the parts of the sentence and the parts of speech – the subject of a sentence, for example, could be a noun, a pronoun, or even an entire phrase or clause. SUBJECT(‫ﺑﻜﺔﺭ‬) AND PREDICATE(‫ﻃﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ‬) Every complete sentence contains two parts: a subject(‫ﺑﻜﺔﺭ‬) and a predicate(‫ﻃﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ‬). The subject is what (or whom) the sentence is about, while the predicate (which always includes the verb) tells something about the subject. In the following sentences, the predicate is underlined, while the subject is highlighted. Azad runs. ‫ﺩﺓﻛﺎ‬ ‫ﹺﺍ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﺯﺍﺩ‬ Azad and his friends run at the park every day. ‫ﻜﺎﱐ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻫﺎﻭ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﺯﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﻣﻮﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻥ‬ ‫ﹺﺍ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﺛﺎﺭﻛﺔﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ OBJECTS(‫ﺑﺔﺭﻛﺎﺭ‬) AND COMPLEMENTS(‫ﺗﺔﻭﺍﻭﻛﺔﺭ‬) OBJECTS(‫ﺑﺔﺭﻛﺎﺭ‬) A verb may be accompanied by an object that completes the verb's meaning. Two kinds of objects may come with verbs: 1) direct objects and 2) indirect objects. To determine if a verb has a direct object, isolate the verb and make it into a question by placing "whom?" or "what?" after it. The answer, if there is one, is the direct object: My mom cooked dolma. ‫ﻛﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻭﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﳌﺔﻱ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻳﻜﻢ‬ Sangar gave her the book. ‫ﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺒﺔﻛﺔﻱ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﺳﺔﻧﻄﺔﺭ‬ In the first example, “dolma” is the direct object. ※ Dolma is a famous local Kurdish food (a stuffed vegetable, especially a grape leaf or cabbage leaf, onion, eggplants and zucchini cooked with a filling of ground meat, herbs, or rice.). In the second example, “the book” is the direct object and “her” is the indirect object.
  • 18. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 9 COMPLEMENTS(‫ﺗﺔﻭﺍﻭﻛﺔﺭ‬) In addition to the transitive verb and the intransitive verb, there is a third kind of verb, called the linking verb. The word (or phrase) which comes together with a linking verb is not an object, but a complement. A subject complement can be a noun, an adjective, or a prepositional phrase. The most common linking verb is "‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬", which is equivalent to “to be” in English. Hewa is a student. Hewa is a Kurdish. ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺑﻴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﻮﺍ‬ Hewa is smart. Hewa is handsome. ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﻮﺍ‬ Hewa is here. Hewa is in school. ‫ﺮﺓﻳﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺔﲞﺎﻧﺔﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﻮﺍ‬ TRAITS OF KURDISH ENDINGS In Kurdish, both nouns and verbs are combined with various endings. Articles (e.g. a, the) and possessives (e.g. my) are added to the end of the noun as suffixes. The verb conjugations are complicated since they embrace not only tenses, but also subjective and objective pronouns as well. ARTICLES/POSSESSIVES/DEMONSTRATIVES book ‫ﺐ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ his book ‫ﺒﺔﻛﺔﻱ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ books ‫ﺒﺎﻥ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ his books ‫ﺒﺔﻛﺎﱐ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ a book ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺒ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ this book ‫ﺒﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ the book ‫ﺒﺔﻛﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ that book ‫ﺒﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ the books ‫ﺒﺔﻛﺎﻥ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ these books ‫ﺒﺎﻧﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ VERB CONJUGATIONS See (infinitive) ‫ﺑﻴﻨﲔ‬ I saw. ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ I see. ‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ I saw you. ‫ﺑﻴﲏ‬ ‫ﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ I see you. ‫ﺩﺓﺗﺒﻴﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ I didn’t see you. ‫ﻧﺔﺑﻴﲏ‬ ‫ﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ I don’t see. ‫ﻧﺎﺑﻴﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ I have seen. ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ I don’t see you. ‫ﻧﺎﺗﺒﻴﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ I had seen. ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺒﻮﻭ‬ ‫ﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬
  • 19. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 10 WORD ORDER The general rule is Subject – Object – Verb. When the subject is a pronoun, however, it is often omitted (Object – Verb). In Kurdish, a verb alone can make a complete sentence as it is always combined with the subject pronominal enclitic (=bound pronoun). When the object is a pronoun, it can also be attached to the verb in the form of bound pronoun. Subject – Object – Verb The girl sees the boy. ‫ﻛﻀ‬‫ﺔﻛﺔ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨ‬ ‫ﺓﻛﺔ‬ She sees the boy. ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨ‬ ‫ﺓﻛﺔ‬ She sees him. ‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬ She sees him. ‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻳﺒﻴﻨ‬ INDEPENDENT PRONOUNS AND BOUND PRONOUNS In Kurdish, there are two different types of personal pronouns: § Independent ( ‫ﻛﺔﺳﻴﻲ‬ ‫ﻨﺎﻭﻱ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺟ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺳﺔﺭﺑﺔﺧ‬ ) § Bound (‫ﻟﻜﺎﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺔﺳﻴﻲ‬ ‫ﻨﺎﻭﻱ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺟ‬) Subjective Independent Pronoun is often omitted while Subjective Bound Pronoun(underlined) is always placed in a verb conjugation. With Independent Subject Without Independent Subject I understand .‫ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻡ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ .‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﰐ‬ You understand .‫ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻳﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ .‫ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻳﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ She understands .‫ﺪﺓﻃﺎﺕ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ .‫ﺪﺓﻃﺎﺕ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ We understand .‫ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻳﻦ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ .‫ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻳﻦ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ They understand .‫ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻥ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ .‫ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻥ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ ※ Subjective Bound Pronoun(Subjective BP) can be considered as a verb suffix that conjugates depending on the subject status.
  • 20. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 11 PREPOSITIONS AND POSTPOSITIONS In Kurdish, prepositions (‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻟﺔﻃﺔ‬ ,‫ﻟﺔ‬ ,‫ﺑﺔ‬ etc.) are often followed by their corresponding postpositions to envelop a word or a phrase. The preposition itself marks the beginning of the prepositional phrase, and the end of the complement is marked by a postpositional element. Come with me. .‫ﹶﻤﺪﺍ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻟﺔﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺓﺭﺓ‬ He came from Hawler .‫ﻫﺎﺗﻮﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺮﺓﻭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻫﺔﻭﻟ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ VERB TYPES Kurdish verbs can be classified in different ways. By necessity of the object - Linking Verb ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ (equivalent to the “to be” verb in English) - Intransitive: to go ‫ﺿﻮﻭ‬‫ﻥ‬ , to leave ‫ﻳﺸﱳ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ , to sleep ‫ﻧﻮﺳﱳ‬, to stay ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬ - Transitive: to eat ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬‫ﻥ‬ , to see ‫ﺑ‬‫ﻴﻨﲔ‬ , to sell ‫ﺷﱳ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﻓﺮ‬ , to study ‫ﻨﺪ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺧﻮ‬‫ﻥ‬ By number of meaningful words in a verb - Simple: A verb with one meaningful word o to go ‫ﺿﻮﻭ‬‫ﻥ‬ , to eat ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬‫ﻥ‬ - Complex: A verb with [a meaningful word] + [a meaningless prefix/suffix] o to run ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﹺﺍ‬‫ﺭ‬ , to elect ‫ﺑﺬﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻫﺔ‬ - Compound: A verb with more than two meaningful words. o to listen ‫ﻃﺮﺗﻦ‬ ً‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫,ﻃﻮ‬ to start ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ً‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺳﺖ‬ It is important to understand the verb types, since the verb conjugations are quite different in each case. Even when you memorize vocabulary words, it is better to memorize intransitive verbs and transtive verbs separately until you become comfortable with their conjugations. More details will be covered in later chapters.
  • 21. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 12 3. THE NOUN PHRASE NOUN SUFFIXES THE ABSOLUTE STATE (WITHOUT ANY SUFFIX) A Kurdish noun in the absolute state (lexical form; without any ending of any kind) gives a generic sense of the noun. Sky is blue. .‫ﺷﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﲰﺎﻥ‬ CARDINAL NUMBERS The cardinal numbers are as follows: 1 ١ ‫ﻳﺔﻙ‬ 11 ١١ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﺓ‬ 21 ٢١ ‫ﻳﺔﻙ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺴﺖ‬ 0 ٠ ‫ﺳﻔﺮ‬ 2 ٢ ‫ﺩﻭﻭ‬ 12 ١٢ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﺓ‬ 22 ٢٢ ‫ﺩﻭﻭ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺴﺖ‬ 200 ٢٠٠ ‫ﺳﺔﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻭ‬ 3 ٣ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺳ‬ 13 ١٣ ‫ﻴ‬‫ﺳ‬‫ﺰﺩﺓ‬ 30 ٣٠ ‫ﺳﻲ‬ 1,000 ١,٠٠٠ ‫ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭ‬ 4 ٤ ‫ﺿﻮﺍﺭ‬ 14 ١٤ ‫ﺿﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬ 40 ٤٠ ‫ﺿﻞ‬ 10,000 ١٠٠٠٠ ‫ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺓ‬ 5 ٥ ‫ﻨﺞ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ 15 ١٥ ‫ﺛﺎ‬‫ﺯﺩﺓ‬ 50 ٥٠ ‫ﺛﺔﳒﺎ‬ 1,000,000 ١٠٠٠٠٠٠ ‫ﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﻠﻴ‬ 6 ٦ ‫ﺷﺔﺵ‬ 16 ١٦ ‫ﺷﺎﺯﺩﺓ‬ 60 ٦٠ ‫ﺷﺔﺳ‬‫ﺖ‬ 250 ٢٥٠ ‫ﺛﺔﳒﺎ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺔﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻭ‬ 7 ٧ ‫ﺣﺔﻭﺕ‬ 17 ١٧ ‫ﺣﺔﻇﺪﺓ‬ 70 ٧٠ ‫ﺣﺔﻓﺘﺎ‬ 500 ٥٠٠ ‫ﺳﺔﺩ‬ ‫ﻨﺞ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ 8 ٨ ‫ﻫﺔﺷﺖ‬ 18 ١٨ ‫ﻫﺔﺫﺩﺓ‬ 80 ٨٠ ‫ﻫﺔ‬‫ﺷ‬‫ﺘﺎ‬ 750 ٧٥٠ ‫ﺛﺔﳒﺎ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺔﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﺔﻭﺕ‬ 9 ٩ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧ‬ 19 ١٩ ‫ﺯﺩﺓ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧ‬ 90 ٩٠ ‫ﻧﺔﻭﺓﺩ‬ 1,250 ١,٢٥٠ ‫ﺭﻭﺑ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭ‬‫ﻊ‬ 10 ١٠ ‫ﺩﺓ‬ 20 ٢٠ ‫ﺑﻴﺴﺖ‬ 100 ١٠٠ ‫ﺳﺔﺩ‬ 2,500 ٢,٥٠٠ ‫ﺩﻭﻭ‬‫ﺳﺔﺩ‬ ‫ﻨﺞ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭ‬ § All words having to do with time and instance follow the cardinal number immediately in the absolute state: six months ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻂ‬ ‫ﺷﺔﺵ‬ four days ‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬ٍ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﺿﻮﺍﺭ‬ § The cardinal number can be followed by a classifier, which is also followed by the singular noun in the absolute state. Common Classifiers Examples For counting people ‫ﻛﺔﺱ‬‫ﻧﺎﻓﺔﺭ‬ , ten people ‫ﺩ‬‫ﺓ‬‫ﻛﺔﺱ‬‫ﻧﺎﻓﺔﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺓ‬ , For counting animals ‫ﺳﺔﺭ‬ five sheep ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﺔﺭ‬ ‫ﻨﺞ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ For counting things ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺔ‬ three books ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺳ‬)‫ﺩﺍﻧﺔ‬(‫ﺐ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬
  • 22. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 13 ※ For counting people or animals, classifiers are used in most cases. ※ For counting things the classifier is optional. It is okay to say without “‫ﺩﺍﻧﺔ‬”. THE INDEFINITIVE STATE ( ‫ﻳﺔﻙ‬|‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬ ) § The Indefinitive state of noun is equivalent to “a/an + noun” in English. § -(y)ek (‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬ - after consonants & “‫ﻭ‬”, “‫ﻱ‬”, ‫ﻳﺔﻙ‬ - after “‫ﺍ‬”, “‫ﺓ‬” ,“‫ﻭ‬” and “‫ﻱ‬”) is added to the end of the absolute singular noun. § The Indefinitive plural is formed by adding –an( -‫ﺍﻥ‬ ) to the absolute noun. Absolute State Indefinitive Singular Indefinitive Plural man ‫ﺛﻴﺎﻭ‬ a man ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺛﻴﺎﻭ‬ men ‫ﺛﻴﺎﻭﺍﻥ‬ day ‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ a day ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ days ‫ﺫﺍﻥ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ door ‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎ‬ a door ‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻳﺔﻙ‬ doors ‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬ letter ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺔ‬ a letter ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺔﻳﺔﻙ‬ letters ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺎﻥ‬ ※ Vowel “‫ﻱ‬” is added where two vowels conflict. ‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻥ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ‬‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺓ‬ QUANTIFIERS FOR INDEFINITIVE NOUNS In Kurdish, some quantifiers demand that the following noun be Indefinitive. Indefinitive Quantifiers Examples a few ‫ﺿﺔﻧﺪ‬ a few men ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺛﻴﺎﻭ‬ ‫ﺿﺔﻧﺪ‬ every / all ‫ﻫﺔﻣﻮﻭ‬ every day all the time ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﻣﻮﻭ‬ ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺟﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﻣﻮﻭ‬ What? ‫ﺽ‬ What page? ‫ﹺﺓﻳﺔﻙ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻻﺛﺔ‬ ‫ﺽ‬ each ‫ﻫﺔﺭ‬ each direction every person ‫ﻻﻳﺔﻙ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺭ‬ ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺔﺳ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺭ‬
  • 23. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 14 NUMBER + “‫ﺍﻥ‬” Meaning Combination Suffix Number tens of ‫ﺩﺓﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺓ‬ thousands of ‫ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭ‬ hundreds of ‫ﺳﺔﺩﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﺔﺩ‬ DAY + “‫ﺍﻧﺔ‬” Meaning Combination Suffix Number daily/every day ‫ﺫﺍﻧﺔ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ weekly / every week ‫ﻫﺔﻓﺘﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﻓﺘﺔ‬ monthly / every month ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻄﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻂ‬ THE DEFINITIVE STATE (‫ﺓﻛﺔ‬) § The definitive state of noun is equivalent to “the + a noun” in English. § The definitive singular is made by adding – aka (‫ﺓﻛﺔ‬). o -‫ﺓ‬‫ﻛ‬‫ﺔ‬ after consonants, ”‫ﻭ‬” and ”‫ﻱ‬” o -‫ﻛ‬‫ﺔ‬ after ”‫ﺍ‬”, “‫ﺓ‬”, ”‫ﻭ‬” and “‫ﻱ‬” § The definitive plural is made by adding – akan (‫ﺓﻛﺎﻥ‬). Absolute State Definitive Singular Definitive Plural man ‫ﺛﻴﺎﻭ‬ the man ‫ﺛﻴﺎﻭﺓﻛﺔ‬ the men ‫ﺛﻴﺎﻭﺓﻛﺎﻥ‬ American ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔﺭﻳﻜﻲ‬ the American ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔﺭﻳﻜﻴﺔﻛﺔ‬ the Americans ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔﺭﻳﻜﻴﺔﻛﺎﻥ‬ student ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﰊ‬ the student ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺑﻴﺔﻛﺔ‬ the students ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺑﻴﺔﻛﺎﻥ‬ girl ‫ﻛﺾ‬ the girl ‫ﻛﻀﺔﻛﺔ‬ the girls ‫ﻛﻀﺔﻛﺎﻥ‬ door ‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎ‬ the door ‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻛﺔ‬ the doors ‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻛﺎﻥ‬ window ‫ﺛﺔﳒﺔ‬‫ﺭﺓ‬ the window ‫ﺛﺔﳒﺔﺭﺓﻛﺔ‬ the windows ‫ﺛﺔﳒﺔﺭﺓﻛﺎﻥ‬ village ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺩ‬ the village ‫ﻜﺔ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩ‬ the villages ‫ﻜﺎﻥ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩ‬
  • 24. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 15 DEMONSTRATIVES In Kurdish demonstratives can be expressed in two different forms. § standalone pronoun § adjective, which breaks into two parts and envelops a noun by attaching the first part before the noun and the second part to the end of the noun. Pronoun Form Adjective Form Singular Plural Singular Plural this / these ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺎﻧﺔ‬ ___‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬‫ﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ___ﺍﻧﺔ‬ that / those ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ___ﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ___ﺍﻧﺔ‬ Demonstrative pronouns take the place of nouns. Give me the red pen. ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺑﺪﺓﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﹶﺔﻣﺔ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬ Give me this. ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺑﺪﺓﺭ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔﻡ‬ Is that your son? ‫ﹺﺗﺔ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺓ‬ What are those? ‫ﺿﲔ؟‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻧﺔ‬ Demonstrative adjectives modify a noun. How much is this pen? ‫ﺑﺔﺿﺔﻧﺪﺓ؟‬ ‫ﹶﺔﻣﺔ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ How much is this red pen? ‫ﺑﺔﺿﺔﻧﺪﺓ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﹶﺔﻣﺔ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ How much is those pens? ‫ﺑﺔﺿﺔﻧﺪﻥ؟‬ ‫ﹶﺔﻣﺎﻧﺔ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ Who is that boy? ‫ﻴﺔ؟‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﹺﺓ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ This place is nice. ‫ﺷﺔ؟‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﻨﺔ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺋﺔﻣﺸﻮ‬
  • 25. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 16 PERSONAL PRONOUNS In Kurdish, personal pronouns have two forms: 1) Independent & 2) Enclitic (Bound) INDEPENDENT PRONOUN (‫ﻮ‬‫ﺳﺔﺭﺑﺔﺧ‬ ‫ﻛﺔﺳﻴﻲ‬ ‫ﻨﺎﻭﻱ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺟ‬) Singular Plural 1st person I:Me ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﻦ‬ We:Us ‫ًﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬ 2nd person You(sng):You(sng) ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺋﺔﺗ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﺗﻮﻭ‬ You(pl):You(pl) ‫ًﻮﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺋﺔﻧﻄ‬ 3rd person He/She/It:Him/Her/It ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ They:Them ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ ※ The words in the gray box represent local dialects, mostly Hawleri style. ※ sng = singular, pl = plural TRAITS OF INDEPENDENT PRONOUN § Unlike English, subjective pronouns and objective pronouns are the same. Subjective Pronouns Objective Pronouns I am a student. .‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺑﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ Is this for them? ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻧﺔ؟‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬ We are going to Bazzar. .‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺿﲔ‬ ‫ﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ He loves me. .‫ﻱ‬‫ﺩﺓﻭ‬ ‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ § For subjective cases, these independent pronouns are often omitted. Especially when speaking, it is more common not to mention the personal pronoun subject, unless the subjective entity is to be emphasized. § Even when there is no subject, the subjective suffix (=the bound pronoun) attached to the verb, will voice the subject of the sentence. § Noun subject is never omitted. J
  • 26. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 17 BOUND PRONOUN (‫ﻟﻜﺎﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺔﺳﻴﻲ‬ ‫ﻨﺎﻭﻱ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺟ‬) FOR VERB CONJUGATION Both subjective and objective bound pronouns may take one of these two forms: Set I or Set II. Set I Set II Singular Plural Singular Plural 1st person ‫ﻡ‬ m ‫ﻳﻦ‬ een ‫ﻡ‬ m ‫ﻣﺎﻥ‬ man 2nd person ‫ﻳﺖ‬‫ﻱ‬ eet/ee ‫ﻥ‬ n ‫ﺕ‬ t ‫ﺗﺎﻥ‬ tan 3rd person ‫ﺖ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻱ‬ êt/ê ‫ﻥ‬ n ‫ﻱ‬ y ‫ﻳﺎﻥ‬ Yan ※ The correct bound pronoun set (Set I or Set II) – for both the subject and the object - is decided according to the following conditions: ※ The verb’s type (transitive, intransitive or irregular) ※ The verb’s tense (present or past) ※ The existence of independent object (noun or independent pronoun) or pre- verbal element. SUBJECTIVE BOUND PRONOUN In Kurdish the subject (regardless of being omitted or indicated) is always coupled with a pronominal enclitic (= Subjective Bound Pronoun) at some part of the verbal conglomerate (e.g. the verb, any preverbal prefixes, compounding agent). The girl studies math. .‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻨ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﲑﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻛﻀﺔﻛﺔ‬ She studies math. .‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻨ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﲑﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬ She studied math. (Past tense) .‫ﻨﺪ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺧﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﲑﻛﺎﺭﻳﻲ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬ They ran. (Past tense) .‫ﻛﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﹺﺍﻳﺎﻥ‬‫ﺭ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ OBJECTIVE BOUND PRONOUN Also, when the object is a pronoun, the sentence can be rewritten with its corresponding pronominal enclitic (= objective bound pronoun). He sees us. (Present Tense) With Subject Without Subject Independent Pronoun Object .‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨ‬ ‫ﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ .‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨ‬ ‫ﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ Bound Pronoun Object .‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻣﺎﻧﺒﻴﻨ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ .‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻣﺎﻧﺒﻴﻨ‬
  • 27. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 18 They see you. (Present Tense) With Subject Without Subject Independent Pronoun Object .‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻦ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ .‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻦ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ Bound Pronoun Object .‫ﺩﺓﺗﺒﻴﻨﻦ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ .‫ﺩﺓﺗﺒﻴﻨﻦ‬ They saw you. (Simple Past Tense) With Subject Without Subject Independent Pronoun Object .‫ﺑﻴﲏ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ .‫ﺑﻴﲏ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ Bound Pronoun Object .‫ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺘﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ .‫ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺘﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻴﺎﻧﻴﺖ‬ ※ Details will be discussed thoroughly in later chapters. IZAFE GENERAL RULE THE IZAFE(= LINKING VOWEL: ‫ﻱ‬) CONSTRUCTION The Izafe links the two parts of a possessive construction and is equivalent to the English ‘of.’ The Izafe is written as “‫ﻱ‬” and added directly to the first part of the construction. the students of a school ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺑﻴﺔﻛﺎﻥ‬ a door of the house ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎ‬ the lessons of this book ‫ﺒﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺩﺓﺭﺳﺔﻛﺎﻥ‬ WITH ATTRIBUTIVE ADJECTIVES The Izafe also links adjectives and nouns. ※ When noun-adjective constructions are enveloped by the demonstratives (e.g. ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺎﻧﺔ‬ on page 15) or modified by the definitive suffix (e.g. ‫ﺓﻛﺔ‬ on page 14), the linking vowel, Izafe changes from “‫ﻱ‬” to “‫ﺓ‬”. Examples are followed in the next page.
  • 28. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 19 a. Kurdish girl (in general, absolute form) ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻀﻲ‬ b. Kurdish girl (in general, absolute form) ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻀﺔ‬ c. A Kurdish girl (indefinitive) (common) ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻜﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﻀ‬ d. A Kurdish girl (indefinitive) (rarely used) ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻀﺔ‬ e. The Kurdish girl (definitive) ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺓﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﻀﺔ‬ f. This Kurdish girl (demonstrative) ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻛﻀﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ ※ Example a & b and c & d are interchangeable respectively. a good hotel ‫ﺑﺎﺵ‬ ‫ﻜﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻠ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻫ‬(correct) a long letter ‫ًﺬ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺔﻳﺔﻛﻲ‬(correct) ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺑﺎﺷ‬ ‫ﻠﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻫ‬(wrong) ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ًﺬ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺔﻳﺔ‬(wrong) easy lessons ‫ﺋﺎﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺭﺳﺔﻛﺎﱐ‬(wrong) the big house ‫ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓﻛﺔﻱ‬(wrong) ‫ﺋﺎﺳﺎﻧﺔﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺭﺳﺔ‬(correct) ‫ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓ‬(correct) this easy lesson ‫ﺋﺎﺳﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺭﺳﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ these big houses ‫ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ ORDINAL NUMBERS The ordinal numbers are as follows: 1st ‫ﻳﺔﻛﺔﻡ‬ 9th ‫ﻳﺔﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧ‬ 17th ‫ﺣﺔﻇﺪﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬ 2nd ‫ﺩﻭﻭﺓﻡ‬ 10th ‫ﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬ 18th ‫ﻫﺔﺫﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬ 3rd ‫ﻴﺔﻡ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺳ‬ 11th ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬ 19th ‫ﺯﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧ‬ 4th ‫ﺿﻮﺍﺭﺓﻡ‬ 12th ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬ 20th ‫ﺑﻴﺴﺘﺔﻡ‬ 5th ‫ﻨﺠﺔﻡ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ 13th ‫ﺳﻴﺎﺯﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬ 100th ‫ﺳﺔﺩﺓﻣﲔ‬ 6th ‫ﺷﺔﺷﺔﻡ‬ 14th ‫ﺿﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬ 1000 th ‫ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭﺓﻣﲔ/ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭﺓﻡ‬ 7th ‫ﺣﺔﻭﺗﺔﻡ‬ 15th ‫ﺛﺎﺯﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬ 8th ‫ﻫﺔﺷﺘﺔﻡ‬ 16th ‫ﺷﺎﺯﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬ IZAFE WITH ORDINAL NUMBERS The 2nd stage (sophomore) ‫ﺩﻭﻭﺓﻡ‬ ‫ﻗﺆﻧﺎﺧﻲ‬ the 10th year ‫ﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﹶﻲ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺳﺎ‬
  • 29. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 20 POSSESSIVES POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS The normal possessive pronouns are enclitics added to the noun. They take the following forms: Singular Plural 1st person my ‫ﻡ‬ our ‫ﻣﺎﻥ‬ 2nd person your ‫ﺕ‬ your ‫ﺗﺎﻥ‬ 3rd person his/her/its ‫ﻱ‬ their ‫ﻳﺎﻥ‬ GENERAL RULE In general, the enclitic possessive pronouns are added to the definitive form of the noun, next to – aka(‫ﺓﻛﺔ‬) or akan(‫ﺓﻛﺎﻥ‬) endings. your book ‫ًﺒﺔﻛﺔﺕ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ their pens ‫ﹶﺔﻣﺔﻛﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬ his students ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺑﻴﺔﻛﺎﱐ‬ our bag ‫ﺟﺎﻧﺘﺎﻛﺔﻣﺎﻥ‬ EXCEPTIONS Prominent exceptions to the general formation are names, parents, homes, and body parts. For these cases, the enclitics are added to the absolute form of the noun. my hand ‫ﺩﺓﺳﺘﻢ‬ your house ‫ﹶﺘﺎﻥ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻣﺎ‬ your name ‫ﻧﺎﻭﺕ‬ my mother ‫ﺩﺍﻳﻜﻢ‬ our hourse ‫ﹶﻤﺎﻥ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻣﺎ‬ your father ‫ﺑﺎﻭﻛﺖ‬ For kinship terms (besides mother and father), both definitive and absolute forms are possible. Definitive Form Absolute Form your sister ‫ﺧﻮﺷﻜﺔﻛﺔﺕ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺷﻜﺖ‬ my sons ‫ﹺﺓﻛﺎﱎ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﹺﺍﱎ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ your brother ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻛﺔﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺕ‬
  • 30. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 21 If the 1st person possessive enclitic is attached to the definitive form of certain nouns, it often delivers rhetorical nuance. Regular Use Rhetorical Use my spirit ‫ﻡ‬‫ﻃﻴﺎﻥ‬ sweetie, my dear ‫ﻃﻴﺎﻧﺔﻛﺔﻡ‬ my eye ‫ﺿﺎﻭﻡ‬ sweetie, my dear ‫ﺿﺎﻭﺓﻛﺔﻡ‬ my breath ‫ﻫﺔﻧﺎﺳﺔﻡ‬ sweetie, my dear ‫ﻫﺔﻧﺎﺳﺔﻛﺔﻡ‬ my life ‫ﻡ‬‫ﺫﻳﺎﻥ‬ sweetie, my dear ‫ﺫﻳﺎﻧﺔﻛﺔﻡ‬ ※ The Kurdish language is very romantic. When you address a friend, a younger person, your student or someone close to you, it is preferred to use these expressioins, rather than call someone by one’s name. THE IZAFE CONSTRUCTION The possessive noun phrase can also be constructed using Izafe. With Possessive Enclitic With Izafe my book ‫ﺒﺔﻛﺔﻡ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺐ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ their answers ‫ﹶﻣﺔﻛﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ‬‫ﻻ‬‫ﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﹶﻣﻲ‬‫ﻻ‬‫ﻭﺓ‬ your pen ‫ﹶﺔﻣﺔﻛﺔﺕ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﹶﺔﻣﻲ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬ ※ The Izafe possessive construction is used to emphasize or clarify the ownership to whom it belongs. In general, for speaking purposes, shortened enclitic form is preferred. ONE’S (‫ﻫﻲ‬) Singular Plural 1st person mine ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ ours ‫ًﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ 2nd person yours ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ yours ‫ﻮﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ 3rd person his/hers/its ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ theirs ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ Is this yours? ‫ﻳﺔ؟‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬ This book is mine. .‫ﻣﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺒﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ The pens are theirs. .‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻧﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﹶﺔﻣﺔﻛﺎﻥ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬
  • 31. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 22 REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS (‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬) Singular Plural 1st person myself ‫ﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ourselves ‫ﻣﺎﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ 2nd person yourself ‫ﺕ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ yourselves ‫ﺗﺎﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ 3rd person himself/herself ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ themselves ‫ﻳﺎﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ I’ll take a shower (I wash myself) .‫ﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺷ‬ ‫ﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ You know it (by yourself), don’t you? ‫ﻭﺍﻧﻴﺔ؟‬ ,‫ﺩﺓﺯﺍﱐ‬ ‫ﺕ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ Write your name (= the name of yourself) here! !‫ﺑﻨﻮﻭﺳﺔ‬ ‫ﺮﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﺕ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻭﻱ‬ ENCLITIC – ISH ( ‫ﺵ‬ ‫ﻳﺶ‬ ) The enclitic particle – ish ( ‫ﺵ‬ ‫ﻳﺶ‬ ) have the English meanings of too / also / even. It is added to nouns, noun-adjective phrases and pronouns. When added to words ending in vowels, – ish yields its own vowel in favor of the preceding vowel, becoming – sh. § Add ‫ﻳﺶ‬ to a noun or a pronoun that ends in a consonant. § Add ‫ﺵ‬ to a noun or a pronoun that ends in a vowel. me ‫ﻣﻦ‬ me too ‫ﻣﻨﻴﺶ‬ this book ‫ﺒﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ this book too ‫ﺒﺔﺵ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ When added to words that have a possessive pronoun enclitic, – ish intervenes in between the noun and the possessive enclitic. your father ‫ﺑﺎﻭﻛﺖ‬ your father too ‫ﺑﺎﻭﻛﻴﺸﺖ‬ my friends ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻫﺎﻭ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻜﺔ‬‫ﻡ‬ even my friends ‫ﻜﺔﺷﻢ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻫﺎﻭ‬ ※ Note that possessive enclitics are always added at the end of the noun phrase.
  • 32. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 23 4. LINKING VERBS MOSTLY EQUIVALENT TO ‘TO BE’ IN ENGLISH The linking verbs (or the present tense copulas: ‘am, is, are’) consist of the following enclitics: Singular Plural 1st person (I) am ‫ﻡ‬ (We) are ‫ﻳﻦ‬ 2nd person (You) are ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺖ‬ 1) (You) are ‫ﻥ‬ 3rd person (He) is ‫ﺓ|ﻳﺔ‬ 2) (They) are ‫ﻥ‬ 1) The inherent (‫ﺕ‬) shown for the 2nd person singular is characteristic of literary Kurdish, and seldom appears in the informal spoken language. You are smart. (‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ‬) .‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﻲ‬ (‫ﻮ‬‫)ﺗ‬ = .‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﻴﺖ‬ (‫ﻮ‬‫)ﺗ‬ Where are you? (‫ﻱ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬) ‫ﻲ؟‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ (‫ﻮ‬‫)ﺗ‬ = ‫ﻴﺖ؟‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ (‫ﻮ‬‫)ﺗ‬ 2) The 3rd person singular linking verb is “‫ﺓ‬”. However, if the complement or adverbial phrase has a vowel ending, such as “‫ﺓ‬”, “‫ﺍ‬” or “ َ‫ﻭ‬” at the end, y[ee] (‫ﻱ‬) sound is inserted to induce an easier pronunciation. This is big. (‫ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺓ‬) .‫ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺓﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬ She is a teacher. (‫ﺳﺘﺎ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬) .‫ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺔ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ 3) When the 3rd person singular possessive enclitic(‫ﻱ‬) is followed by the 3rd person singular ending ”‫ﺓ‬” , a special form, “‫ﻳﺔﰐ‬” is used. This is her book. (‫ﺒﺔﻛﺔﻱ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬) .‫ﺒﻜﺔﻳﺔﰐ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛﺘ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬ This is her son. ( ‫ﻛ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻮ‬ ) .‫ﹺﺓﻛﺔﻳﺔﰐ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬ For other cases of “‫ﻳﺔﰐ‬”, see the 3rd person singular Subjective BP of the Present Perfect tense on page 59 and Irregular Verbs on page 61. He had eaten. .‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻭﻭﻳﺔﰐ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬ The child is hungry. .‫ﺑﺮﺳﻴﻴﺔﰐ‬ ‫ﹶﺔﻛﺔ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻣﻨﺪﺍ‬
  • 33. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 24 NEGATIVE STATEMENTS To negate a linking verb statement, add (‫ﱐ‬) to the linking verb. They are not smart. (‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ‬) .‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﻨﲔ‬ ← ‫ﻥ‬ + ‫ﱐ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ He is not here. (‫ﺮﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻟ‬) .‫َﺮﺓﻧﻴﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻟ‬ ← ‫ﺓ‬ + ‫ﱐ‬ ‫ﺮﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻟ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬ SENTENCES WITH LINKING VERBS The linking verb can be combined with 1) an adjective phrase or 2) a noun phrase complement or 3) an adverbial phrase. COMPLEMENT + LINKING VERB A complement relates to the subject: it describes the subject or identifies it (says who or what it is). COMPLEMENT WITH ADJECTIVE PHRASE She(‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬) is(‫ﺓ‬) pretty(‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬). .‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬ ← ‫ﺓ‬ + ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬ She(‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬) is(‫ﺓ‬) not pretty(‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬). .‫ﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬ ← ‫ﺓ‬ + ‫ﱐ‬ + ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬ You(‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬) are(‫ﻳﺖ‬) brave(‫ﺋﺎﺯﺍ‬). .‫ﺋﺎﺯﺍﻳﺖ‬ ← ‫ﻳﺖ‬ + ‫ﺋﺎﺯﺍ‬ (‫ﻮ‬‫)ﺗ‬ They( ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬‫ﺍﻥ‬ ) are(‫ﻥ‬) sick(‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧﺔﺧ‬). .‫ﺷﻦ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧﺔﺧ‬ ← ‫ﻥ‬ + ‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧﺔﺧ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ COMPLEMENT WITH NOUN PHRASE We are(‫ﻳﻦ‬) teachers(‫ﺳﺘﺎ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬). .‫ﺳﺘﺎﻳﻦ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬ ← ‫ﻳﻦ‬ + ‫ﺳﺘﺎ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬ (‫ﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫)ﺋ‬ We are(‫ﻳﻦ‬) not teachers(‫ﺳﺘﺎ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬). .‫ﻧﻴﲔ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬ ← ‫ﻳﻦ‬ + ‫ﱐ‬ + ‫ﺳﺘﺎ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬ (‫ﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫)ﺋ‬ She is(‫ﺓ‬) my wife(‫ﺫﻥ‬). .‫ﺫﳕﺔ‬ ← ‫ﺓ‬ + ‫ﺫﱎ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬ ADVERBIAL + LINKING VERB I am(‫ﻡ‬) at school(‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬). .‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ← ‫ﻡ‬ + ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬ I am(‫ﻡ‬) not at school(‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬). .‫ﻧﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ← ‫ﻡ‬ + ‫ﱐ‬ + ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬ My pen is(‫ﺓ‬) on the red table(‫ﺰ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣ‬). .‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺰﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻟﺔﺳﺔﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﺔﻟﺔﻣﺔﻛﺔﻡ‬
  • 34. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 25 SUMMARY This child is my son. .‫ﹺﻣﺔ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﹶﺔ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻣﻨﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ The red apple is yours. .‫ﻳﺔ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﻮﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺳ‬ Baktiyar and I are at the bazaar. .‫ﹺﻳﻦ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺔﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ ※ When one’s nationality is the subject matter, it is also acceptable to add “‫ﺓ‬” to the ending of the Linking Verb. (Especially for speaking, this way is more preferred. J) I am Korean. .‫ﺭﱘ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻛ‬ = .‫ﺭﳝﺔ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻛ‬ I am not Chinese. .‫ﻧﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺿﻴﲏ‬ = .‫ﻧﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺿﻴﲏ‬ They are Japanese. .‫ﻳﺎﺑﺎﻧﲔ‬ = .‫ﻳﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﻨﺔ‬ We are not Kurdish. .‫ﻧﻴﲔ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬ = .‫ﻧﻴﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬ EXERCISES Red dress is pretty. (in general) ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻲ‬. The red dress is pretty. (definitive) ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺔ‬. The red dresses are pretty. (definitive plural) ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺔ‬. This red dress is pretty. (demonstrative) ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬. Your red dress is pretty. (possessive) ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺔﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔﺕ‬. Red Kurdish dress is pretty. (in general) ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻲ‬‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬. The red Kurdish dress is pretty. (definitive) ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻲ‬‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭ‬‫ﺓﻛﺔ‬‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬. This red Kurdish dress is pretty. (demonstrative) ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭ‬‫ﺓ‬‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬. Your red Kurdish dress is pretty. (possessive) ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻳﻴﺔﻛﺔﺕ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺔ‬. This is his daughter. ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻛﻀﻲ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬‫ﻛﻀﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﰐ‬. This is my friend’s daughter. ‫ﻣﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻫﺎﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﻀﻲ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬. This is my father’s friend’s daughter. ‫ﺑﺎﻭﻛﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻫﺎﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﻀﻲ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬. This pen is yours. ‫ﹶﺔ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬‫ﻳﺔ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺔ‬. The black, cool, fantastic pants are my sister’s. ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬‫ﻟﺔ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺛﺎﻧﺘ‬‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺵ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﹺﺓﺵ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺷﻜﻤﺔ‬. We are Juniors(3rd stage students) at Salahaddin University. ‫ﻗﺆﻧﺎﺧﻲ‬ ‫ﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺳ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺯﺍﻧﻜ‬ ‫ﺔﻣﻲ‬‫ﺳ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺔ‬‫ﻻ‬‫ﺣ‬‫ﺔ‬‫ﺩﻳﻨﲔ‬. Sangar and Hasan are my friends. ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺣﺔﺳﺔﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺔﻧﻄﺔﺭ‬‫ﻣﻨﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﻱ‬. You are not visible. (I haven’t seen you for a long time) ‫ﻧﻴﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺎﺭ‬.
  • 35. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 26 5. QUESTIONS YES/NO QUESTIONS To make a statement into a “formal” question, simply add “‫ﺋﺎﻳﺎ‬” at the beginning of the question. ‫ﺋﺎﻳﺎ‬ is usually used in written language, while in informal speech, raising the voice tone at the end is enough to make the statement a question without any change to the sentence structure. With ‫ﺋﺎﻳﺎ‬ (formal, written) Without ‫ﺋﺎﻳﺎ‬ (spoken) Is this yours? ‫ﻳﺔ؟‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺔ؟‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬ Are you an English teacher? ‫ﺋﻴﻨﻄﻠﻴ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎﻱ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﻳﺎ‬‫ﺰ‬‫ﻳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺋﻴﻨﻄﻠﻴﺰﻳ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎﻱ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣﺎﻣ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬‫ﺖ؟‬ Are these flowers roses? ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﻥ‬ ‫ﹶﻲ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬ ‫ﹶﻧﺔ‬‫ﻻ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﻳﺎ‬‫؟‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺭﻥ‬ ‫ﹶﻲ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬ ‫ﹶﻧﺔ‬‫ﻻ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬‫؟‬ USING QUESTION WORDS Who ‫ﻲ‬‫ﻛ‬ How ‫ﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺿ‬ Where ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ (‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ,‫)ﻟﺔ‬ How many / old / What time (num) ‫ﺿﺔﻧﺪ‬ What ‫ﺿﻲ‬ ,‫ﺽ‬ How much (price) ‫ﺿﺔﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ Why ‫ﺑ‬‫ﺿﻲ‬ ‫ﻮ‬ Which one of them ‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ‬ When ‫ﻛﺔﻱ‬ Which (relative pronoun) ‫ﻛﺔ‬ In Kurdish, question words don’t change the word order of the sentence. The general rule (subject – object/complement – verb) is applied in both questions and statements. Sample questions: Who is this boy? ‫ﻴﺔ؟‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﹺﺓ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻡ‬ Where are you from? ‫ﻴﺖ؟‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﹶﻜﻲ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺧﺔ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ How are you? ‫ﻱ؟‬‫ﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺿ‬ ً‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ Where is a pen? ‫ﹶﺔﻡ؟‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺍ‬ How old is he? ‫ﺿﺔﻧﺪﺓ؟‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺗﺔﻣﺔﻥ‬ Where are you going? ‫ﻳﺖ؟‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ How much are those? ‫ﺿﺔﻧﺪﻥ؟‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻧﺔ‬ Where is the hospital? ‫ﻴﺔ؟‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻛﻮ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺎﻧﺔﻛﺔ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧﺔﺧ‬ How far is it from here? ‫ﺮﺓ؟‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻭﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺿﺔﻧﺪ‬ What time is it? ‫ﺿﺔﻧﺪﺓ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺎﺕ‬ Which one is better? ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺘﺮﺓ؟‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ‬ What is your telephone number? ‫ﻧﺔﻛﺔﺕ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗﺔﻟﺔﻓ‬ ‫ﺫﻣﺎﺭﺓﻱ‬ ‫ﺿﺔﻧﺪﺓ؟‬
  • 36. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 27 6. ADJECTIVES COMPARATIVE AND SUPERLATIVE ADJECTIVES SUFFIXES ""‫ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬&""‫ﺗﺮ‬ The comparative & the superlative degree of the adjective are formed by suffixing “‫ﺗﺮ‬”and “‫ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬” respectively. Comparative Superlative Smart smarter Smartest ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ Beautiful more beautiful most beautiful ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ Easy easier Easiest ‫ﺋﺎﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ THAN The preposition of comparison is “‫ﻟﺔ‬”, as in the following examples. Today is colder than yesterday. .‫ﺳﺎﺭﺩﺗﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﲏ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ﺋﺔﻣ‬ This is better than that. .‫ﺑﺎﺷﺘﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬ This is better than that. .‫ﺑﺎﺷﺘﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺔ‬ SUPERLATIVE "‫ﻫﺔﺭﺓ‬" Adding “‫ﻫﺔﺭﺓ‬” before an adjective is another way of making superlative expressions. the smartest ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺭﺓ‬ | the most active ‫ﺿﺎﻻﻙ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺭﺓ‬ | the bravest ‫ﺋﺎﺯﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺭﺓ‬ Dastan is the smartest among the 1st graders .‫ﻳﺔﻛﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﻗﺆﻧﺎﻍﻱ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺏﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬ ※ ” ‫ﻫﺔﺭ‬‫ﺓ‬ ” and ”‫ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬” can be used together to emphasize the superlative. Smartest ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
  • 37. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 28 SUPERLATIVE ADJECTIVES COME BEFORE THE NOUN Superlative adjectives precede the nouns they modify, as in the most beautiful child ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻣﻨﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ the coldest day ‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺭﺩﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬ the smartest person ‫ﻛﺔﺱ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﺭﺓ‬ the best things ‫ﺷﺘﺔﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺿﺎﻛﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ Shaqlawa is the nicest place. .‫ﻨﺔ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺷﻮ‬ ‫ﺧﺆﺷﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﹶﻭﺓ‬‫ﻼ‬‫ﺷﺔﻗ‬ the coolest thing ‫ﺷﺘﺔﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ FORMATION OF NOUN, ADJECTIVE AND ADVERB ADJECTIVE à NOUN Adding “‫ﻱ‬” at the end of the adjective makes a noun. Adjective Noun beautiful ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬ beauty ‫ﺟﻮﺍﱐ‬ intelligent ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ‬ intelligence ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﻲ‬ wise ‫ﺫﺭ‬ wisdom ‫ﺫﻳﺮﻱ‬ true ‫ﹺﺍﺳﺖ‬‫ﺭ‬ truth ‫ﹺﺍﺳﱵ‬‫ﺭ‬ polite ‫ﺑﺔﺋﺔ‬‫ﺩﺓﺑ‬‫ﺔﻭﺓ‬ politeness ‫ﺋﺔ‬‫ﺩﺓﺏ‬ sick ‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧﺔﺧ‬ sickness ‫ﺷﻲ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧﺔﺧ‬ healthy ‫ﺗﺔﻧﺪﺭﻭﺳﺖ‬ health ‫ﺗﺔﻧﺪﺭﻭﺳﱵ‬ sour ‫ﺗﺮﺵ‬ pickle ‫ﺗﺮﺷﻲ‬ free ‫ﺋﺎﺯﺍﺩ‬ freedom ‫ﺋﺎﺯﺍﺩﻱ‬ nice/good/cool ‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ happiness ‫ﺷﻲ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ It’s not the healthy who need a doctor, but the sick. (Matthew 9:12) (12 : 9 ‫)ﻣﺔﺗﺘﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺔﺧﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﹶﻜﻮ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺑﺔ‬ ,‫ﻧﻴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺛﺰﻳﺸﻚ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﻮﻳﺴﱵ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻍ‬ ‫ﻟﺔﺵ‬ ‫ﻇﻲ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﻣﺮ‬ "I am the way and the truth and the life. No one comes to the Father except through me. (John 14:6) ‫ﰊ‬‫ﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑﺔﻫ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻭﻙ‬ ‫ﻻﻱ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻳﺔﺕ‬ ‫ﻛﺔﺱ‬ .‫ﺫﻳﺎﱎ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﹺﺍﺳﱵ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻄﺎ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﺔﻧﻨﺎ‬‫ﻮ‬‫)ﻳ‬14:6(
  • 38. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 29 NOUN à ADJECTIVE Adding the preposition, “‫ﺑﺔ‬”(with, by) at the beginning of the noun makes an adjective. Noun Adjective doubt ‫ﻃﻮﻣﺎﻥ‬ doubtful/ suspicious ‫ﺑﺔﻃﻮﻣﺎﻥ‬ liver(organ) ‫ﺟﺔﺭﻁ‬ brave ‫ﺑﺔﺟﺔﺭﻁ‬ power ‫ﺰ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻫ‬ strong ‫ﺰ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺑﺔﻫ‬ religion ‫ﺋﺎﻳﲔ‬‫ﺩﻳﻦ‬ religious ‫ﺑﺔﺩﻳﻦ/ﺩﻳﻨﺪﺍﺭ‬ fear ‫ﺗﺮﺱ‬ fearful ‫ﺑﺔﺗﺮﺱ‬ taste ‫ﺗﺎﻡ‬ tasty ‫ﺑﺔﺗﺎﻡ‬ mercy ‫ﺑﺔﺯ‬‫ﺓ‬‫ﻳﻲ‬ merciful ‫ﺑﺔﺑﺔﺯﺓﻳﻲ‬ glory ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺷﻜ‬ glorious ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑﺔﺷﻜ‬ =‫ﻣﺔﻧﺪ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺷﻜ‬ respect ‫ﺰ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ dear ‫ﺰ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺑﺔ‬ Dolma is so delicious (tasty)! !‫ﺑﺔﺗﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺭ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺯ‬ ‫ﳌﺔ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺩ‬ ADJECTIVE à ADVERB GENERAL RULE Adding the preposition, “‫ﺑﺔ‬”(with, by) or “‫ﰊ‬”(without) at the beginning of the adjective and “‫ﻱ‬” at the end makes a noun. ‫ﻱ‬ + adjective + ‫ﺑ‬‫ﺔ‬‫ﰊ‬ Adjective Adverb sure ‫ﹶﻨﻴﺎ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺩ‬ surely ‫ﹶﻨﻴﺎﻱ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ suspicious ‫ﻃﻮﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ of course ‫ﻃﻮﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﰊ‬ fast (e.g. this is fast) ‫ﺮﺍ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺧ‬ fast (e.g. runs fast) ‫ﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺑﺔﺧ‬ hesitant ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺩﻭﻭﺩ‬ without hesitation ‫ﹶﻲ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺩﻭﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﰊ‬ slow ‫ﻮﺍﺵ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻫ‬ slowly ‫ﻮﺍﺷﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺑﺔﻫ‬
  • 39. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 30 WORD ORDER ADJECTIVE AS A COMPLEMENT 1) Subject – 2) Complement – 3) Linking Verb (Present Copula) The mountain is high. .‫ﺑﺔﺭﺯﺓ‬ ‫ﺷﺔﺧﺔﻛﺔ‬ The film is very interesting. .‫ﺷﺔ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﺭ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺯ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻴﻤﺔﻛﺔ‬ The downstairs room is dark. .‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺫﻭﻭﺭﻱ‬ ADJECTIVE AS A MODIFIER 1) The modified noun precedes, 3) the modifying adjective follows and 2) the noun and adjective are connected by the Izafe ”‫ﻱ‬”. a high mountain ‫ﺑﺔﺭﺯ‬ ‫ﻜﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺷﺔﺧ‬ * a very interesting film ‫ﺵ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﺭ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺯ‬ ‫ﻜﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻓﻠﻴﻤ‬ delicious meal ‫ﺑﺔﻟﺔﺯﺕ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﱐ‬ ※ The adverb, that modifies the adjective, comes before the adjective. (See page 32.)
  • 40. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 31 7. PREPOSITIONS - PART I INTRODUCTION TO PREPOSITIONS WHAT IS A PREPOSITION? A preposition is a word like in, to, for and out of in English. Here are some of their Kurdish counterparts. English Preposition Kurdish prepositions Examples with/by (a method/way) ‫ﺑﺔ‬ (I travel) by car ‫ﺑﺔ‬‫ﺳﺔﻳﺎﺭﺓ‬ to (a person) ‫ﺑﺔ‬ (Talk) to me ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ without (something) ‫ﰊ‬ without money ‫ﺛﺎﺭﺓ‬ ً‫ﰊ‬ to/toward (a place) ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ (I went) to Bazaar ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ for (a reason/person) ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ For what?, for you ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺿﻲ؟‬ ً‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ in/at (a place) ‫ﻟﺔ‬ at home, in here ‫ﺮﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻟ‬ ,‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ HOW TO USE A PREPOSITION A preposition usually comes before a noun phrase. for two years ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺳﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻭ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ with you ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻟﺔﻃﺔ‬ to his friend’s house ‫ﻜﺔﻡ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻫﺎﻭ‬ ‫ﹶﻲ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ by my dad’s car ‫ﺑﺎﻭﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﺔﻳﺎﺭﺓﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ A prepositional phrase can be an object or an adverbial. I studied Kurdish. ‫ﻛ‬‫ﻨﺪ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺧﻮ‬ ‫ﻮﺭﺩﱘ‬. I studied Kurdish for 2 years. .‫ﻨﺪ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺧﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﱘ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺳﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻭ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ Come! !‫ﻭﺓﺭﺓ‬ Come with me! !‫ﻭﺓﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻟﺔﻃﺔ‬ I give (it). ‫ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻡ‬. I give it to you. .‫ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻡ‬ ‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ Listen! ‫ﺑﻄﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬ Listen to this song! ‫ﺑﻄﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻧﻴﻴﺔ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻃ‬ ‫ﻟﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬
  • 41. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 32 PREPOSITION & POSTPOSITION Certain prepositions (especially, ‫ﻟﺔ‬) are coupled with a postposition to envelop the complement together. The preposition itself marks the beginning of the prepositional phrase, and the end of the complement is marked by a postpositional element. Coupling Postposition Preposition Examples in, at (a place) ‫ﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ in Kurdistan ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ in America ‫ﺋﺔﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ finally ‫ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪﺍ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ in front of ‫ﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭ‬ ‫ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭ....ﺩﺍ‬ from (a place) ‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ from afar ‫ﻟﺔﺩﻭﻭﺭﺓﻭﺓ‬ because of ‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭ‬ because of that ‫ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭﺋﺔﻭﺓ‬ for the sake of ‫ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭﺧﺎﺗﺮﻱ‬ for you ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭﺧﺎﺗﺮﻱ‬ ADVERBIAL PHRASES In Kurdish, most adverbs and adverbial phrases are added after the subject. Subject – Adverb – Verb Subject – Adverb – Object/Complement – Verb ※ Notable exceptions are the adverbs of direction (to/for/towards somewhere), which usually come after the verb. ADVERB OF TIME/FREQUENCY I’ll come. ‫ﺩ‬‫ﻢ‬‫ﻳ‬. I’ll come tomorrow. .‫ﻡ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﺔﻳﺎﱐ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ I’ll leave. ‫ﻡ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬. I’ll leave at 3 o’clock. .‫ﻡ‬‫ﻭ‬ِ‫ﹴ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺳ‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ More examples: in the afternoon ‫ﻧﻴﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﺛﺎﺵ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ً‫ﻭ‬ at night ‫ﺷﺔﻭ‬ late ‫ﺩﺭﺓ‬‫ﻧﻂ‬ evening ‫ًﻮﺍﺭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ early ‫ﺯﻭﻭ‬ yesterday ‫ﲏ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩﻭ‬ next year ‫ﻜﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬ً‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺳﺎ‬‫ﺩﻳﻜﺔ‬ last year ‫ﺛﺎﺭ‬ two yrs ago ‫ﺮﺍﺭ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬
  • 42. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 33 ADVERB OF MANNER Go! ‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ﺑ‬! Go fast! !ً‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ Speak! ‫ﻲ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻠ‬‫ﺑ‬! Speak slowly! !‫ﻲ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻠ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﻢ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﻮﺍﺷﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻫ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ More examples: slowly ‫ﻮﺍﺷﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻫ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ quickly/fast ‫ﺮﺍ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻲ‬ with them ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻟﺔﻃﺔ‬ by foot ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ ** nicely ‫ﺑﺎﺵ‬ with them ‫ﹶﻴﺎﻥ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻟﺔﻃﺔ‬ by car ‫ﺳﺔﻳﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ at once ‫ﺟﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﺔﻙ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ ** in a pretty way ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬ ** Some adjectives behave like adverbs as well. ADVERB OF PLACE I’m going. ‫ﺩﺓﺿﻢ‬ I’m going to Halabja. .‫ﹶﺔﲜﺔ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻫﺔ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺿﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ I came back. ‫ﹺﺍﻣﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬ I came back from school. .‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﹺﺍﻣﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬ I came. ‫ﻫﺎﰎ‬ I came from afar. .‫ﻫﺎﰎ‬ ‫ﻟﺔﺩﻭﻭﺭﺓﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ More examples: on (a thing) ..‫ﻟﺔﺳﺔﺭ‬‫.ﺩﺍ‬ from behind ‫ﻟﺔﺛﺸﺖ...ﺓﻭﺓ‬ to (a place) .... ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ under ‫ﺮ...ﺩﺍ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﻟﺔﺫ‬ behind ‫ﻟﺔﺛﺸﺖ...ﺩﺍ‬ in (a place) .... ‫ﻟﺔ‬ besides ‫ﹶ...ﺩﺍ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺛﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ below ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺓ‬ from (a place) ‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬ .... ‫ﻟﺔ‬ Common expressions and Kurdish idioms with preposition will be covered in Chapter 12. Preposition – Part II.
  • 43. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 34 8. VERB TYPES INTRANSITIVE & TRANSITIVE INTRANSITIVE ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻨﺔﺛﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬ An intransitive verb is a verb that cannot take an object, although it may have an adverbial/prepositional phrase along with it. I understand very well. (‫)ﻣﻦ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺯ‬‫ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﰐ‬ ‫ﺵ‬ I’ll come back early tomorrow. (‫)ﻣﻦ‬‫ﺑﺔﻳﺎﱐ‬‫ﺯﻭﻭ‬.‫ﻤﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬ I live in Hawler. ‫ﺩﺓﺫ‬ ‫ﺮ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻫﺔﻭﻟ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬‫ﱘ‬. TRANSITIVE ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺜﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬ A transitive verb is a verb that takes an object. I study Kurdish. ‫ﻨﻢ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬. I don’t have(eat) dinner. (‫)ﻣﻦ‬‫ﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻧﺎﺧ‬ ‫ﻮﺍﺭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﱐ‬. He sees you. )‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬((‫)ﺕ‬‫ﲏ‬‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬. SIMPLE, COMPLEX, COMPOUND Both intransitive and transitive verbs can be grouped under one of the following: 1) simple 2) complex 3) compound Here, the number of meaningful words in a verb decides its classification. SIMPLE VERBS ‫ﺳﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬ A simple verb is a one-word verb. Intransitive Transitive to arrive ‫ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ‬ to do ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ to go, to leave ‫ﻳﺸﱳ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ to wash ‫ﺷﻮﺷﱳ‬ to come ‫ﻫﺎﺗﻦ‬ to take, to hold ‫ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬ to die ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻥ‬ to eat ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭ‬‫ﺩﻥ‬
  • 44. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 35 COMPLEX VERBS ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺫﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬ A complex verb takes two forms: § A prefix (no-meaning) + a simple verb. § A simple verb + a suffix )‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬( Intransitive Suffix Simple verb Prefix Complex Verb - ‫ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ‬ to arrive ‫ﹶ‬‫ﰐ‬ ‫ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﰐ‬ to understand ‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬ again ‫ﹺﺍﻥ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬ to explore, to search - ‫ﹺﺍﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬ to return - ‫ﺳﺎﻥ‬ to obtain ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻫﺔ‬ ‫ًﺴﺎﻥ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻫﺔ‬ to get up, wake up Transitive Suffix Simple verb Prefix Complex Verb - ‫ﺧﺴﱳ‬ to drop ‫ﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﺧﺴﱳ‬ ‫ﺩﺍ‬ to close ‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬ again ‫ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬ to take - ‫ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬ to win, overcome - ‫ﺑﺬﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬ to compensate ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻫﺔ‬ ً‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﻫﺔ‬‫ﺒﺬﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬ to elect, choose COMPOUND VERB ‫ﻜﺪﺭﺍﻭ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬ Compound verb is a verb with more than two meaningful words. Intransitive Suffix Simple verb Pre-Word Compound Verb - ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ to be, become ‫ﺑﺮﺳﻲ‬ a. hungry ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺳﻲ‬ to become hungry - ‫ﻫﺎﺗﻦ‬ to come ‫ﺧﺔ‬‫ﻭ‬ n. sleep ‫ﻫﺎﺗﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺔﻭ‬ to become sleepy
  • 45. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 36 Transitive Suffix Simple verb Pre-Word Compound Verb ‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬ again ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ to do, make ‫ﺛﺎﻙ‬ a. clean ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻙ‬ v. clean - ‫ﺩﺍﻥ‬ to give ‫ﺩﺓﺳﺖ‬ n. hand ‫ﺩﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺳﺖ‬ v. touch SUMMARY Intransitive Transitive Simple ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ : to become ‫ﺿﻮﻭﻥ‬ : to go ‫ﻳﺸﱳ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ : to leave ‫ﺧ‬‫ﺔ‬‫ﻭﺗﻦ‬ : to sleep ‫ﻫﺔﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬ : to wake up ‫ﻫﺎﺗﻦ‬ : to come ‫ﻣﺮﺩ‬‫ﻥ‬ : to die ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ :to do, work ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬ : to eat ‫ﺷﻮﺷﱳ‬ : to wash ‫ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬ : to take ‫ﺑﻴﻨﲔ‬ : to see ‫ﺯﺍﻧﲔ‬ : to know ‫ًﻨﺎﻥ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻫ‬ : to bring Complex ‫ﹺﺍﻧﺔﻭ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬‫ﺓ‬ : to return ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬ : to stay ‫ﻧﻴﺸﱳ‬ ‫ﺩﺍ‬ : to sit ‫ﻭﺓﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﹺﺍ‬‫ﺭ‬ : to stand ‫ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ‬ َ‫ﹰ‬‫ﰐ‬ : to understand ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬ : to open ‫ﺧﺴﱳ‬ ‫ﺩﺍ‬ : to close ‫ﻃﺮﺗﻦ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻫﺔ‬ : to hold ‫ﺧﺴﱳ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺭ‬ : to reveal Compound ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻴﻨﻮﻭ‬ : to become thirsty ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺳﻲ‬ : to become hungry ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﺔﺭﻣﺎ‬ : to feel cold ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺛﺮﺳﻴﺎﺭ‬ : to ask ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺮ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻓ‬ : to learn ‫ﺧﺴﺘﻨﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﲑ‬ : to remind
  • 46. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 37 9. TENSES FINDING STEM & ROOT FOR VERB CONJUGATION All Kurdish verbs end with “‫.”ن‬ § Past root, which is the base for past tense conjugation, is formed by dropping the “‫.”ن‬ § Present stem, which is the base for present tense conjugation, is normally formed by dropping the “‫”ن‬ and the second last letter of the verb. However, there are many irregular cases as well. vt. = transitive verb vi. = intransitive verb Verb (Infinitive) Past Stem Present Stem By the rule to see (vt) to fall (vi) to pull (vt) to grab, hold (vt) to wake up (vi) to laugh (vi) to die (vi) to buy (vt) to sell (vt) ‫ﺑﻴﻨﲔ‬ ‫ﻛﺔﻭﺗﻦ‬ ‫ﺸﺎﻥ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﹺﺍ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﺗﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﺔ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺴ‬‫ﺘ‬‫ﺎ‬‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﺔﻧﲔ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﹺﻳﻦ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﺷﱳ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﻓﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﲏ‬ ‫ﻛ‬‫ﺔﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺸﺎ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﹺﺍ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻫﺔ‬‫ﺳ‬‫ﺘ‬‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺔﱐ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﹺﻱ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﺷﺖ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﻓﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﲔ‬ ‫ﻛﺔﻭ‬ ‫ﺶ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﹺﺍ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﻃﺮ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﻫﺔ‬‫ﺳ‬‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﺔﻥ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﺵ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﻓﺮ‬ [a] stem to do (vt) to drop (vt) vi. to reach to buy (vt) to sell (vt) ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﺴﱳ‬ ‫ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻃﺔﻳﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﺔ‬ ‫ﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ [o] stem to wash (vt) to eat (vt) to go, leave (vi) ‫ﺷﻮﺷﱳ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﱳ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺖ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ً‫ﻮ‬‫ﺷ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ [e] stem to send (vt) to know (vt) to stay (vi) burn (vi) to return (vi) ‫ﻧﺎﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺗﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﹺﺍﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺳﺎﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ_ﺓﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﹺﺍ_ﺓﻭﺓ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬ ‫ًﺮ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻧ‬ ‫ًﻦ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻧﺎﺳ‬ ‫ﻦ_ﺓﻭ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣ‬‫ﺓ‬ ً‫ﹶ‬‫ﰐ‬‫ﺳﻮﻭ‬ ‫_ﺓﻭﺓ‬‫ﻱ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬ Irregular to come (vi) to say (vt) ‫ﻫﺎﺗﻦ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺗﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻱ‬ ً‫ﻲ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬
  • 47. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 38 to go (vi) to be, become (vi) to kill (vt) to rely on (vt) ‫ﺿﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺷﱳ‬ ‫ﺑﺔﺳﱳ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺛﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﺿﻮﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺔﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺛﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﺽ‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺫ‬ ‫ﺑﺔﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺛﺸﺖ‬ PRESENT & FUTURE USE OF PRESENT TENSE In Kurdish, the simple present (e.g. I go), the present continuous (e.g. I’m going) and the future (e.g. I will go) tense are all expressed in the same manner. Normally, the future sense is gained from context or by time expressions. I leave now. .‫ﻡ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺴﺘﺎ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬ I’ll leave tomorrow. .‫ﻡ‬‫ﻭ‬ٍِ‫ﹴ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﲏ‬‫ﺳﺒﺔﻳ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬ FORMATION OF PRESENT TENSE SIMPLE VERBS The present tense of the simple verb is formed from the present stem with a prefixed modal marker (‫ﺩﺓ‬), and the following suffixed subjective endings (bound pronouns). * All formation rules should be read from right to left. Formation Rule [Subjective BP][Present Stem]‫ﺩﺓ‬ to eat (‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬) ‫ﺍﺕ‬ + ‫ﺧﻮ‬ + ‫ﺩﺓ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬ ; (He eats) ※ The modal prefix, ‫ﺩﺓ‬ dá- is used in most Kurdish dialects and is also the standard. However, the modal prefix in Sulemani dialect is ‫ﺋﺔ‬ á-. Are you leaving? (Standard & Hawleri) ‫ﻳﺖ؟‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ Are you leaving? (Sulemani) ‫ﻳﺖ؟‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺋﺔ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬ Today, I’m going to bazaar. .‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺿﻢ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬ ,‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ﺋﺔﻣ‬ Are you going to wash your hands, now? ‫ﻳﺖ؟‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺷ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺳﺘﺖ‬ (‫ﻮ‬‫)ﺗ‬ ,‫ﺴﺘﺎ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬ We’ll come back. .‫ﻴﻨﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬ (‫ﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫)ﺋ‬
  • 48. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 39 SUBJECTIVE BOUND PRONOUNS FOR PRESENT TENSE In the present tense, the Bound Pronouns Set I (page 17) is used for both intransitive and transitive verb conjugations. Intransitive Verb Transitive Verb Singular Plural Singular Plural 1st person ‫ﻡ‬ ‫ﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻡ‬ ‫ﻳﻦ‬ 2nd person ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ 3rd person ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ※ Note that the inherent (t:‫ت‬) shown for 2nd - and 3rd -person singular is characteristic of literary Kurdish and seldom appears in the informal spoken language. The (‫ت‬) is recovered, however, when any enclitic or suffix(e.g. “‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬”) is added to the verb. When written When spoken (informal) Intransitive You go / You’ll go. .‫ﺩﺓﺿﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺿﻲ‬. Transitive He writes / He’ll write. .‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧﻮﻭﺳ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧﻮﻭﺳ‬. With Suffix He rewrites / He’ll rewrite. .‫ﺘﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧﻮﻭﺳ‬ Please note, for verbs with stems ending in a vowel[-‫ﺓ‬, -‫ﻭ‬, -‫ﻱ‬], the 3rd person singular bound pronouns slightly change. A-STEM (-‫ﺓ‬) Common A-Stem Verbs: ‫ﻛﺮﺩ‬(‫)ﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ‬(‫)ﻃﺔ‬ (‫)ﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬ (‫)ﺧﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﺴﱳ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬(‫)ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻥ‬ to do, work to reach, arrive to take to drop, throw to give Infinitive Form ‫ﻛﺮﺩ‬‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﺴﱳ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬‫ﺩﺍﻥ‬ Present Stem ‫ﻛ‬‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﺔ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ Singular Plural Singular Plural Singular Plural 1st person ‫ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺧﺔﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺧﺔﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬‫ﺩﺓﻡ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬‫ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻳﻦ‬ 2nd person ‫ﺩﺓﻛﺔ‬‫ﻱ‬)‫ﺕ‬( ‫ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺧﺔ‬‫ﻱ‬)‫ﺕ‬( ‫ﺩﺓﺧﺔﻥ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬‫ﺩﺓﺩﺓ‬‫ﻱ‬)‫ﺕ‬( ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬‫ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻥ‬ 3rd person (‫ﺩﺓﻛﺎ)ﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻥ‬ (‫ﺩﺓﺧﺎ)ﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺧﺔﻥ‬ (‫ﺩﺓﺩﺍ)ﺕ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬‫ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻥ‬ ※ Any complex or compound verbs with A-Stem verbs also behave as above.
  • 49. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 40 O-STEM (-‫ﻭ‬) Common O-Stem Verbs: ‫ﻳﺸﱳ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬(‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬) (‫ﻮ‬‫)ﺷ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺷﱳ‬ (‫ﻮ‬‫)ﺧ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬ to leave to wash to eat Infinitive Form ‫ﻳﺸﱳ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺷﱳ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬ Present Stem ‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺷ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺧ‬ Singular Plural Singular Plural Singular Plural 1st person ‫ًﻡ‬‫ﻭ‬ٍ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻳﻦ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ًﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺷ‬ ‫ﻳﻦ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺷ‬ ‫ًﻡ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧ‬ ‫ﻳﻦ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧ‬ 2nd person ‫ﻭ‬ٍ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬‫ﻱ‬)‫ﺕ‬( ‫ﻥ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺷ‬‫ﻱ‬)‫ﺕ‬( ‫ﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺷ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧ‬‫ﻱ‬)‫ﺕ‬( ‫ﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧ‬ 3rd person (‫ٍﻭﺍ)ﺕ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻥ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ (‫ﺷﻮﺍ)ﺕ‬‫ﺓ‬‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺷ‬ (‫ﺩﺓﺧﻮﺍ)ﺕ‬ ‫ﻥ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧ‬ Ali is going to wash his face. .‫ﺩﺓﺷﻮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﺎﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ‬ Danielle eats yogurt everyday. .‫ﺩﺓﺧﻮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺫ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﻣﻮﻭ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎ‬ E-STEM (-‫ﻱ‬) Common E-Stem Verbs: Verbs with “‫ﺍﻥ‬” ending often have E-Stems. ‫ﺳﻮﻭﺗﺎﻥ‬ (‫ﹶ‬‫ﰐ‬‫)ﺳﻮﻭ‬ ‫ﹺﺍﻥ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬ (‫ﻱ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫)ﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ًﻦ..ﺓﻭ‬‫ﻴ‬‫)ﻣ‬‫ﺓ‬( ‫ﺷﻜﺎﻧﺪﻥ‬ (‫ﻦ‬‫ﻴ‬‫)ﺷﻜ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬ )‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬(‫ﹶ‬‫ﱐ‬ to burn to travel to stay to break to cook Infinitive Form ‫ﹺﺍﻥ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬ Present Stem ‫ﻱ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﻦ...ﺓﻭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱐ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬ Singular Plural Singular Plural Singular Plural 1st person ‫ﻢ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﲔ‬‫ﻳ‬ٍ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬ ‫ًﻨﻤﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻣ‬ ‫ًﻨﻴﻨﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻣ‬ ‫ًﻢ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧ‬ ً‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬ ‫ًﲔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧ‬ ً‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬ 2nd person ‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬‫ﻲ‬)‫ﺕ‬( ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻳ‬ٍ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬ ‫َﻨ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻣ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺘﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫َﻨﻨﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻣ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬‫ﻲ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬)‫ﺕ‬( ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬ 3rd person (‫)ﺕ‬‫ﻱ‬ٍ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻳ‬ٍ‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﺘﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻨ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣ‬‫ﺓ‬‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﻨﻨﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣ‬‫ﺓ‬‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬ ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬ When is Hewa coming back from Malaysia? ‫ﻴﺴﻴﺎ؟‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣﺎﻟ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺘﺔﻭﺓ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﺩﺓﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﺔﻱ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﻮﺍ‬ Rezan doesn’t cook on Friday. .‫ﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻧﺎﻧ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺸﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺿ‬ ‫ﻫﺔﻳﲏ‬ ‫ﺰﺍﻥ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﹺ‬‫ﺭ‬
  • 50. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 41 IRREGULAR VERBS The following are prominent irregular verbs. Infinitive Form ‫ﻫﺎﺗﻦ‬ (to come) ‫ﻃﻮﺗﻦ‬ (to say) ‫ﻛﻮﺷﱳ‬ (to kill) Present Stem ‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺫ‬ Singular Plural Singular Plural Singular Plural 1st person ‫ﻢ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﲔ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﻢ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻴ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬‫ﲔ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﻛﻮﺫﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﻛﻮﺫﻳﻦ‬ 2nd person ‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩ‬‫ﻲ‬)‫ﺕ‬( ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩ‬ (‫ﻲ)ﺕ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ (‫ﺩﺓﻛﻮﺫﻱ)ﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﻛﻮﺫﻥ‬ 3rd person (‫)ﺕ‬‫ﻱ‬‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩ‬ (‫)ﺕ‬‫ﻲ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﹶ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﺩﺓ‬ (‫)ﺕ‬‫ﻱ‬‫ﺩﺓﻛﻮﺫ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﻛﻮﺫ‬‫ﻥ‬ COMPLEX VERB & COMPOUND VERBS For complex or compound verbs: 1) The first part of the verb (either prefix or pre-word) gets separated from the rest of the verb. 2) The modal marker (‫ﺩﺓ‬) is attached before the second part of the present stem. 3) The subjective bound pronoun goes to the end of the present stem. Formation Rule [Subjective BP][Present Stem]‫ﺩﺓ‬ [Prefix/Pre-Word] to run ( ‫ﹺﺍ‬‫ﺭ‬‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ) ‫ﻡ‬ + ‫ﻛﺔ‬ + ‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﹺﺍ‬‫ﺭ‬ ; (I run, I’m running) ※ Formation rules should be read from right to left. If the complex or compound verb has the – awa(‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬) suffix, the awa(‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬) is affixed behind the personal endings. Formation Rule ‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬+[Subjective BP][Present Stem]‫ﺩﺓ‬ [Prefix/Pre-Word] v. to remember ( ‫ﺑﲑ‬‫ﻛ‬‫ﺔﻭﺗﻨﺔﻭﺓ‬ ) ‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬ + ‫ﻡ‬ + ‫ﻛﺔﻭ‬ + ‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﲑ‬ ; (I remember) ※ Formation rules should be read from right to left. NEGATIVE STATEMENTS To negate a present tense statement, change the modal prefix (‫ﺩﺓ‬) to ( ‫ﻧ‬‫ﺎ‬ ). Infinitive Affirmative Negative Intransitive ‫ﺿﻮﻭﻥ‬ (to go) ‫ﺩﺓﺿﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺿﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ Transitive ‫ﻧﻮﻭﺳﲔ‬ (to write) ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺩﺓﻧﻮﻭﺳ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬‫ﻧﺎ‬‫ﻲ‬‫ﻧﻮﻭﺳ‬
  • 51. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 42 SUMMARY Simple Verbs ( ‫ﺿﻮﻭﻥ‬ , ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬ ): Intransitive I’ll go (to school). ‫ﺩﺓ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬‫ﺿ‬‫ﻢ‬)‫ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﺑ‬(. Transitive We are eating (breakfast). (‫ًﻤﺔ‬‫ﻴ‬‫)ﺋ‬)‫ﺑﺔﻳﺎﱐ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﱐ‬(‫ﻳﻦ؟‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧ‬ Complex or Compound Verbs ( ‫ﻧﻴﺸﱳ‬ ‫ﺩﺍ‬ , ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺳﺖ‬ , ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻙ‬ ): Intransitive I’ll sit (here). (‫)ﻣﻦ‬)‫ًﺮﺓ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻟ‬(‫ﺩﺍ‬.‫ﺩﺓﻧﻴﺸﻢ‬ Transitive I’ll start it (tomorrow). (‫)ﻣﻦ‬)‫ﺑﺔﻳﺎﱐ‬(‫ﺩﺓﺳﺖ‬‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬‫ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡ‬. With ‫ﺓﻭﺓ‬ Suffix I clean (the room). (‫)ﻣﻦ‬)‫ﺫﻭﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔ‬(‫ﺛﺎﻙ‬‫ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻣﺔﻭﺓ‬. TRANSITIVE VERB WITH OBJECT NOUN OBJECT NO PREPOSITION In Kurdish the word order is Subject – Object – Verb. Following the rule, the noun object comes after the subject (if exists) and before the verb. I see(‫ﻳﻨﻨﲔ‬) Ashty. .‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﺷﱵ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬ He makes(‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻭﺳﺖ‬) a nice desk. .‫ﺩﺓﻛﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻭﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺵ‬ ‫ﻜﻲ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺰ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﻣ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬ Danielle studies(‫ﻨﺪﻥ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺧﻮ‬) Kurdish. .‫ﲏ‬‫ﻳ‬‫ﺩﺓﺧﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﻝ‬‫ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎ‬ WITH PREPOSITION If the verb conglomerate includes a preposition, the noun object comes after the preposition. I listen to )‫ﻃﺮﺗﻦ‬ ‫ﹶ‬‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬( music. .‫ﺩﺓﻃﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻘﺎ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻱ‬‫ﻃﻮ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬ She start with )‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺳﺖ‬( the work. .‫ﺩﺓﻛﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﺓﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﺓﺳﺖ‬ (‫)ﺋﺔﻭ‬
  • 52. A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 43 PRONOUN OBJECT NO PREPOSITION The pronoun object can be indicated in two different forms: 1) The Independent Pronoun form (e.g. ,‫ﻮ‬‫ﺗ‬,‫ﻣﻦ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ﺋ‬‫ﻤ‬‫ﺔ‬ ) 2) The Bound Pronoun form (e.g. ‫ﺕ‬,,‫ﻡ‬‫ﻣﺎﻥ‬ ). 1) The Independent Pronoun Object behaves the same as the noun object. Formation Rule [Subjective BP][Present Stem]‫ﺩﺓ‬ Independent Object to see (‫ﺑﻴﻨﲔ‬) ‫ﺖ‬‫ﻳ‬ + ‫ﺑﲔ‬ + ‫ﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﺷﱵ‬ ; (Ashty sees them) 2) The Bound Pronoun Object is inserted in between the modal prefix(‫ﺩﺓ‬) and the present stem of the verb. ※ In the present tense, Bound Pronouns Set II (page 17; same as the possessive pronouns) is used for their objective suffixes. Objective Bound Pronoun Singular Plural 1st person ‫ﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻥ‬ 2nd person ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻥ‬ 3rd person ‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻥ‬ Formation Rule [Subjective BP][Present Stem][BP Object]‫ﺩﺓ‬ v. to see (‫ﺑﻴﻨﲔ‬) ‫ﺖ‬‫ﻳ‬ + ‫ﺑﲔ‬ + ‫ﺩﺓﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﺷﱵ‬ ; (Ashty sees them) SUMMARY Noun Object I see(‫ﻳﻨﻨﲔ‬) Ashty. .‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﺋﺎﺷﱵ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬ Independent Pronoun Object I see(‫ﻳﻨﻨﲔ‬) her. .‫ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﺋﺔﻭ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬ Bound Pronoun Object I see(‫ﻳﻨﻨﲔ‬) her. .‫ﺩﺓﻳﺒﻴﻨﻢ‬ (‫)ﻣﻦ‬